Risk-Informed Changes to Loss-of-Coolant Accident Technical Requirements, 40006-40052 [E9-18547]
Download as PDF
40006
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
NUCLEAR REGULATORY
COMMISSION
10 CFR Parts 50 and 52
[NRC–2004–0006]
RIN 3150–AH29
Risk-Informed Changes to Loss-ofCoolant Accident Technical
Requirements
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
AGENCY: Nuclear Regulatory
Commission.
ACTION: Supplemental proposed rule.
SUMMARY: The Nuclear Regulatory
Commission (NRC) is proposing to
amend its regulations that govern
domestic licensing of production and
utilization facilities and licenses,
certifications, and approvals for nuclear
power plants to allow current and
certain future power reactor licensees
and applicants to choose to implement
a risk-informed alternative to the
current requirements for analyzing the
performance of emergency core cooling
systems (ECCS) during loss-of-coolant
accidents (LOCAs). The proposed
amendments would also establish
procedures and acceptance criteria for
evaluating certain changes in plant
design and operation based upon the
results of the new analyses of ECCS
performance.
DATES: Submit comments on this
supplemental proposed rule by
September 24, 2009. Submit comments
specific to the information collections
aspects of this supplemental proposed
rule by September 9, 2009. Comments
received after the above dates will be
considered if it is practical to do so, but
assurance of consideration cannot be
given to comments received after these
dates.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments
by any one of the following methods.
Comments submitted in writing or in
electronic form will be made available
for public inspection. Because your
comments will not be edited to remove
any identifying or contact information,
the NRC cautions you against including
any information in your submission that
you do not want to be publicly
disclosed. You may submit comments
on the information collections by the
methods indicated in the Paperwork
Reduction Act Statement of this
document.
Federal e Rulemaking Portal: Go to
https://www.regulations.gov and search
for documents filed under Docket ID
NRC–2004–0006. Address questions
about NRC dockets to Carol Gallagher,
(301) 415–5905; e-mail
Carol.Gallagher@nrc.gov.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
Mail comments to: Secretary, U.S.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission,
Washington, DC 20555–0001, Attn:
Rulemakings and Adjudications Staff.
E-mail comments to:
Rulemaking.Comments@nrc.gov. If you
do not receive a reply e-mail confirming
that we have received your comments,
contact us directly at (301) 415–1966.
Hand deliver comments to: 11555
Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland
20852, between 7:30 a.m. and 4:15 p.m.
during Federal workdays. (Telephone
(301) 415–1966).
Fax comments to: Secretary, U.S.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission at (301)
415–1101.
You can access publicly available
documents related to this document
using the following methods:
NRC’s Public Document Room (PDR):
The public may examine publicly
available documents at the NRC’s PDR,
Public File Area O–F21, One White
Flint North, 11555 Rockville Pike,
Rockville, Maryland. The PDR
reproduction contractor will copy
documents for a fee.
NRC’s Agencywide Document Access
and Management System (ADAMS):
Publicly available documents created or
received at the NRC are available
electronically at the NRC’s Electronic
Reading Room at https://www.nrc.gov/
reading-rm/adams.html. From this page,
the public can gain entry into ADAMS,
which provides text and image files of
NRC’s public documents. If you do not
have access to ADAMS or if there are
problems in accessing the documents
located in ADAMS, contact the NRC’s
PDR reference staff at 1–800–397–4209,
or (301) 415–4737, or by e-mail to
PDR.Resource@nrc.gov.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Richard Dudley, Office of Nuclear
Reactor Regulation, U.S. Nuclear
Regulatory Commission, Washington,
DC 20555–0001; telephone (301) 415–
1116; e-mail: richard.dudley@nrc.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Table of Contents
I. Background
II. Rulemaking Initiation
III. Description of Proposed Rule
IV. Discussion on Public Comments
A. Comments on Selection of the TBS
B. Comments on Seismic Considerations
Related to the TBS
C. Comments on Thermal-Hydraulic
Analysis
D. Comments Related to Probabilistic Risk
Assessment
E. Comments Related to Applicability of
the Backfit Rule
F. Comments on Topics Requested by the
NRC
V. Revised Proposed Rule
A. Overview
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
B. Determination of the Transition Break
Size
C. Evaluation of the Plant-Specific
Applicability of the Transition Break
Size
D. Alternative ECCS Analysis
Requirements and Acceptance Criteria
E. Risk-Informed Changes to the Facility,
Technical Specifications, and Procedures
F. Operational Requirements
G. Reporting Requirements
H. Documentation Requirements
I. Submittal and Review of Applications
J. Applicability to New Reactor Designs
VI. Specific Topics Identified for Public
Comments
VII. Petition for Rulemaking, PRM–50–75
VIII. Section-by-Section Analysis of Changes
IX. Criminal Penalties
X. Compatibility of Agreement State
Regulations
XI. Availability of Documents
XII. Plain Language
XIII. Voluntary Consensus Standards
XIV. Finding of No Significant
Environmental Impact: Environmental
Assessment
XV. Paperwork Reduction Act Statement
XVI. Regulatory Analysis
XVII. Regulatory Flexibility Certification
XVIII. Backfit Analysis
I. Background
During the last few years, the NRC has
had numerous initiatives underway to
make improvements in its regulatory
requirements that would reflect current
knowledge about reactor risk. The
overall objectives of risk-informed
modifications to reactor regulations
include:
(1) Enhancing safety by focusing NRC
and licensee resources in areas
commensurate with their importance to
health and safety;
(2) Providing NRC with the
framework to use risk information to
take action in reactor regulatory matters,
and
(3) Allowing use of risk information to
provide flexibility in plant operation
and design, which can result in
reduction of burden without
compromising safety, improvements in
safety, or both.
The Commission published a Policy
Statement on the Use of Probabilistic
Risk Assessment (PRA) on August 16,
1995 (60 FR 42622). In the policy
statement, the Commission stated that
the use of PRA technology should be
increased in all regulatory matters to the
extent supported by the state-of-the-art
in PRA methods and data, and in a
manner that complements the
deterministic approach and that
supports the NRC’s defense-in-depth
philosophy. PRA evaluations in support
of regulatory decisions should be as
realistic as practicable and appropriate
supporting data should be publicly
available. The policy statement also
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
stated that, in making regulatory
judgments, the Commission’s safety
goals for nuclear power reactors and
subsidiary numerical objectives (on core
damage frequency and containment
performance) should be used with
appropriate consideration of
uncertainties.
To implement the policy statement,
the NRC developed guidance on the use
of risk information for reactor license
amendments and issued Regulatory
Guide (RG) 1.174, ‘‘An Approach for
Using Probabilistic Risk Assessments in
Risk-Informed Decisions on Plant
Specific Changes to the Licensing
Basis,’’ (ADAMS Accession No.
ML023240437). This RG provided
guidance on an acceptable approach to
risk-informed decision-making
consistent with the Commission’s
policy, including a set of key principles.
These principles include:
(1) Being consistent with the defensein-depth philosophy;
(2) Maintaining sufficient safety
margins;
(3) Allowing only changes that result
in no more than a small increase in core
damage frequency or risk (consistent
with the intent of the Commission’s
Safety Goal Policy Statement); and
(4) Incorporating monitoring and
performance measurement strategies.
Regulatory Guide 1.174 further
clarifies that in implementing these
principles, the NRC expects that all
safety impacts of the proposed change
are evaluated in an integrated manner as
part of an overall risk management
approach in which the licensee is using
risk analysis to improve operational and
engineering decisions broadly by
identifying and taking advantage of
opportunities to reduce risk; and not
just to eliminate requirements that a
licensee sees as burdensome or
undesirable.
II. Rulemaking Initiation
The process described in RG 1.174 is
applicable to changes to plant licensing
bases. As NRC experience with the
process and applications grew, the NRC
recognized that further development of
risk-informed regulation would require
making changes to the regulations. In
June 1999, the Commission decided to
implement risk-informed changes to the
technical requirements of Part 50. The
first risk-informed revision to the
technical requirements of Part 50
consisted of changes to the combustible
gas control requirements in Title 10 of
the Code of Federal Regulations (10
CFR) Section 50.44 (68 FR 54123;
September 16, 2003). Other riskinformed regulations promulgated by
the NRC include § 50.48(c) on fire
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
protection (69 FR 33550; June 16, 2004),
§ 50.69 on special treatment
requirements for systems, structures,
and components (69 FR 68047; Nov. 22,
2004), and § 50.61 on fracture toughness
requirements for protection against
pressurized thermal shock events.
The NRC also decided to examine the
ECCS requirements for large break
LOCAs. A number of possible changes
were considered, including changes to
General Design Criterion (GDC) 35 and
changes to § 50.46 acceptance criteria,
evaluation models, and functional
reliability requirements. The NRC also
proposed to refine previous estimates of
LOCA frequency for various sizes of
LOCAs to more accurately reflect the
current state of knowledge with respect
to the mechanisms and likelihood of
primary coolant system rupture. During
public meetings, industry
representatives expressed interest in a
number of possible changes to licensed
power reactors resulting from
redefinition of the large break LOCA.
These include: containment spray
system setpoint changes; fuel
management improvements;
optimization of plant modifications and
operator actions to address postulated
sump blockage issues; power uprates;
and changes to the required number of
accumulators, diesel start times,
sequencing of equipment, and valve
stroke times.
The Staff Requirements Memorandum
(SRM), of March 31, 2003,
(ML030910476), on SECY–02–0057,
‘‘Update to SECY–01–0133, ‘Fourth
Status Report on Study of Risk-Informed
Changes to the Technical Requirements
of 10 CFR part 50 (Option 3) and
Recommendations on Risk-Informed
Changes to 10 CFR 50.46 (ECCS
Acceptance Criteria)’ ’’ (ML020660607),
approved most of the NRC staff
recommendations related to possible
changes to LOCA requirements and also
directed the NRC staff to prepare a
proposed rule that would provide a riskinformed alternative maximum break
size. The NRC began to prepare a
proposed rule responsive to the SRM
direction. However, after holding two
public meetings, the NRC found that
there were differences between stated
Commission and industry interests.
To reach a common understanding
about the objectives of the LOCA
redefinition rulemaking, the NRC staff
requested additional direction and
guidance from the Commission in
SECY–04–0037, ‘‘Issues Related to
Proposed Rulemaking to Risk-Inform
Requirements Related to Large Break
Loss-of-Coolant Accident (LOCA) Break
Size and Plans for Rulemaking on LOCA
with Coincident Loss-of-Offsite Power,’’
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
40007
(March 3, 2004; ML040490133). The
Commission provided direction in a
SRM dated July 1, 2004,
(ML041830412). The Commission stated
that the NRC staff should determine an
appropriate risk-informed alternative
break size and that breaks larger than
this size should be removed from the
design basis event category. The
Commission indicated that the proposed
rule should be structured to allow
operational as well as design changes
and should include requirements for
licensees to maintain capability to
mitigate the full spectrum of LOCAs up
to the double-ended guillotine break
(DEGB) of the largest reactor coolant
system (RCS) pipe. The Commission
stated that the mitigation capabilities for
beyond design-basis events should be
controlled by NRC requirements
commensurate with the safety
significance of these capabilities. The
Commission also stated that LOCA
frequencies should be periodically
reevaluated and should increases in
frequency require licensees to restore
the facility to its original design basis or
make other compensating changes, the
backfit rule (10 CFR 50.109) would not
apply.
On March 29, 2005, in SECY–05–
0052, ‘‘Proposed Rulemaking for ‘RiskInformed Changes to Loss-of-Coolant
Accident Technical Requirements,’ ’’ the
NRC staff provided a proposed rule to
the Commission for its consideration. In
an SRM on July 29, 2005, the
Commission directed the NRC staff to
publish the proposed rule for public
comment after making certain changes.
The most significant change requested
by the Commission was to require that
after implementing the alternative
§ 50.46a requirements, all subsequent
plant changes made by a licensee would
be evaluated by the licensee’s riskinformed process to ensure that they
met all of the requirements in § 50.46a.
Another change requested by the
Commission was to address the issue of
seismic loading of degraded piping
during very large earthquakes and to
solicit public comments on the subject.
On November 7, 2005, (70 FR 67598),
the proposed rule was published in the
Federal Register (FR) with a comment
period of 90 days. On December 6, 2005,
the Nuclear Energy Institute 1 (NEI)
requested that the comment period be
extended for 30 additional days. NEI
stated that additional time was needed
to prepare high quality comments that
reflected an industry consensus
perspective. On December 20, 2005, the
1 All utilities licensed to operate commercial
nuclear power plants in the United States are
members of NEI.
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
40008
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
Westinghouse Owners Group (WOG)
submitted a letter endorsing the NEI
extension request. On January 18, 2006,
the NRC extended the comment period
by 30 days to expire on March 8, 2006.
As directed by the Commission in its
SRM on SECY–05–0052, the NRC staff
addressed the seismic issue by
preparing a report entitled ‘‘Seismic
Considerations for the Transition Break
Size’’ (ML053470439). This report was
posted on the NRC’s rulemaking Web
site and a notice of its availability and
opportunity for public comment was
published in the FR on December 20,
2005, (70 FR 75501). A public workshop
was held on February 16, 2006, to
ensure that stakeholders understood the
NRC’s intent and interpretation of the
proposed rule and two public meetings
were held on June 28, 2006, and August
17, 2006, to discuss public comments
received on the proposed rule.
After evaluating all written public
comments and comments received at
the public meetings, the NRC completed
draft final rule language that addressed
nearly all commenters’ concerns. On
October 31 and November 1, 2006, the
NRC staff met with the Advisory
Committee on Reactor Safeguards
(ACRS) to discuss the draft final rule. In
a letter dated November 16, 2006,
(ML063190465) the ACRS provided its
evaluation of the draft final rule. In its
November 16, 2006, letter to the
Commission, the ACRS recommended
that the rule not be issued in its current
form. The ACRS recommended
numerous changes to the rule, primarily
to increase the defense-in-depth
provided for large pipe breaks. The NRC
staff evaluated the ACRS
recommendations, and in SECY–07–
0082, ‘‘Rulemaking to Make RiskInformed Changes to Loss-of-Coolant
Accident Technical Requirements’’; 10
CFR 50.46a ‘‘Alternative Acceptance
Criteria for Emergency Core Cooling
Systems for Light-Water Nuclear Power
Reactors,’’ (May 16, 2007) sought
additional guidance from the
Commission on the priority of the rule
and on the issues raised by the ACRS.
In its August 10, 2007, SRM
(ML072220595) in response to SECY–
07–0082, the Commission approved
NRC staff recommendations for a
revised priority and approach for
addressing the ACRS concerns and
completing the final rule. On April 1,
2008, the NRC staff provided the
Commission with its planned schedule
(ML080370355) for completing the rule.
As the NRC staff proceeded to modify
the rule in response to the ACRS
recommendations and the Commission’s
direction, numerous substantive
changes were made to the requirements
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
in the draft final rule. After
consideration of the extent of these
changes, the NRC has decided to
provide another opportunity for public
comment focusing on the revised
proposed rule, in order to provide
public stakeholders with another
opportunity to review and comment on
the new language. Because of the
interrelated nature of the regulatory
requirements, the NRC is republishing
the entire 10 CFR 50.46a proposed rule
to allow public comments on the
changed requirements and on other
closely-related regulatory provisions.
III. Description of November 2005
Proposed Rule
The proposed rule published on
November 7, 2005, (70 FR 67598) would
divide the current spectrum of LOCA
break sizes into two regions. The
division between the two regions is
delineated by a ‘‘transition break size’’
(TBS). 2 The first region includes small
size breaks up to and including the TBS.
The second region includes breaks
larger than the TBS up to and including
the DEGB of the largest RCS pipe. Break
area associated with the TBS is not
based upon a double-ended offset break.
Rather, it is based upon the inside area
of a single-sided circular pipe break.
Pipe breaks in the smaller break size
region are considered more likely than
pipe breaks in the larger break size
region. Consequently, each break size
region is subject to different ECCS
requirements, commensurate with
likelihood of the break. LOCAs in the
smaller break size region must be
analyzed by the methods, assumptions,
and criteria currently used for LOCA
analysis; accidents in the larger break
size region will be analyzed by less
conservative assumptions based on their
lower likelihood. Although LOCAs for
break sizes larger than the transition
break would become ‘‘beyond designbasis accidents,’’ the proposed rule
would require licensees to maintain the
ability to mitigate all LOCAs up to and
including the DEGB of the largest RCS
pipe during all operating configurations.
Licensees who perform LOCA
analyses using the risk-informed
alternative requirements could find that
their plant designs are no longer limited
by certain parameters associated with
previous DEGB analyses. Reducing the
DEGB limitations could enable some
licensees to propose a wide scope of
design or operational changes up to the
point of being limited by some other
2 Different TBSs for pressurized water reactors
and boiling water reactors would be established due
to the differences in design and operation between
those two types of reactors.
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
parameter associated with any of the
required accident analyses. Potential
design changes include modification of
containment spray designs, modifying
core peaking factors, modifying
setpoints on accumulators or removing
some from service, eliminating fast
starting of one or more emergency diesel
generators, increasing power, etc. Some
of these design and operational changes
could increase plant safety because a
licensee could modify its systems to
better mitigate the more likely smallbreak LOCAs. Other design changes,
such as increasing power, could cause
increases in plant risk. Accordingly, the
risk-informed § 50.46a option would
establish risk acceptance criteria to
ensure the risk acceptability of all
subsequent facility changes. The
proposed rule required that all future
facility changes 3 made by licensees
after adopting § 50.46a be evaluated by
a risk-informed integrated safety
performance (RISP) assessment process
that has been reviewed and approved by
the NRC via the routine process for
license amendments.4 The RISP
assessment process would ensure that
the cumulative effect of all plant
changes involved acceptable changes in
risk and was consistent with other
criteria from RG 1.174 to ensure
adequate defense-in-depth, safety
margins and performance measurement.
Licensees with an approved RISP
assessment process could make certain
facility changes without NRC review if
they met § 50.59 5 and § 50.46a
requirements, including the criterion
that risk increases cannot exceed a
‘‘minimal’’ level. Licensees could make
other facility changes after NRC
approval if they met the § 50.90
requirements for license amendments
and the criteria in § 50.46a, including
3 The scope of changes subject to the change
criteria in § 50.46a(f) of the proposed rule would be
greater than the changes currently subject to
§ 50.59, which applies only to changes to ‘‘the
facility as described in the FSAR.’’ The change
criteria in the proposed rule would apply to all
facility and procedure changes, regardless of
whether they are described in the Final Safety
Analysis Report (FSAR).
4 Requirements for license amendments are
specified in §§ 50.90, 50.91 and 50.92. They include
public notice of all amendment requests in the
Federal Register and an opportunity for affected
persons to request a hearing. In implementing
license amendments, the NRC typically prepares an
appropriate environmental analysis and a detailed
NRC technical evaluation to ensure that the facility
will continue to provide adequate protection of
public health and safety and common defense and
security after the amendment is implemented.
5 Requirements in § 50.59 establish a screening
process that licensees may use to determine
whether facility changes require prior review and
approval by the NRC. Licensees may make changes
meeting the § 50.59 requirements without
requesting NRC approval of a license amendment
under § 50.90.
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
the criterion that total cumulative risk
increase cannot exceed a ‘‘small’’
threshold. Potential impacts of the plant
changes on facility security would be
evaluated as part of the license
amendment review process.
The NRC would periodically evaluate
LOCA frequency information. Should
estimated LOCA frequencies
significantly increase such that the risk
associated with pipe breaks larger than
the TBS is unacceptable, the NRC would
undertake rulemaking (or issue orders, if
appropriate) to change the TBS. In such
a case, the backfit rule (10 CFR 50.109)
would not apply. If previous plant
changes were invalidated because of a
change to the TBS, licensees would
have to modify or restore components or
systems as necessary so that the facility
would continue to comply with § 50.46a
acceptance criteria. The backfit rule (10
CFR 50.109) would also not apply to
these licensee actions.
IV. Discussion of Public Comments
The NRC received comments on the
proposed rule from six nuclear power
plant licensees, four nuclear industry
organizations, two reactor vendors, and
an NRC employee. The comments
provided by NEI were specifically
endorsed by the WOG, the Boiling
Water Reactors Owners Group
(BWROG), and three nuclear power
plant licensees. The NRC considered all
comments in formulating the revised
proposed rule language. The NRC also
received comments from a nuclear
engineering professor on the expert
elicitation process for determining the
relationship between pipe break
frequency and pipe size that was used
as the baseline for selecting the
transition break size. Although these
comments were submitted for NUREG–
1829 (Draft Report), ‘‘Estimating Loss-ofCoolant Accident (LOCA) Frequencies
Through the Elicitation Process’’
(ML051520574), they were also
considered in the development of the
§ 50.46a final rule.
Comments and other publicly
available documents related to this
rulemaking may be viewed
electronically on the public computers
located at the NRC’s Public Document
Room (PDR), Public File Area O–F21,
One White Flint North, 11555 Rockville
Pike, Rockville, Maryland. Selected
documents, including comments, may
be viewed and downloaded
electronically via the Federal e
Rulemaking Portal. Go to https://
www.regulations.gov and search for
documents filed under Docket ID NRC–
2004–0006.
Comments addressed six different
general topics: selection of the TBS, the
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
effect of seismic considerations on the
TBS, thermal-hydraulic ECCS analyses,
probabilistic risk analysis, applicability
of the backfit rule, and comments on
questions posed by the Commission.
The comments are discussed below by
topic area.
A. Comments on Selection of the TBS
Comment. NEI stated that the TBS
proposed for boiling water reactors
(BWRs) is overly conservative and may
unnecessarily limit or preclude benefits
for BWRs. They suggested that the
specified piping for the BWR TBS
should be equivalent to the 16-inch
schedule 80 piping in the shutdown
cooling suction line inside containment.
The BWROG supported a reduced TBS
for BWRs consistent with the 95th
percentile TBS noted from the expert
elicitation (i.e., without additional
conservatisms).
NRC response. The proposed TBS for
BWRs is currently based on the crosssectional area of the larger of either the
shutdown cooling residual heat removal
(RHR) or feedwater pipes which are
connected to the RCS inside
containment. These pipe sizes are
generally in the 18″ to 24″ range, and are
similar in size to the 95th percentile
estimates from the expert elicitation
process results for BWRs at a 10¥5 per
year frequency. (It should be noted that
the NRC also considered uncertainties
in the estimates based on analysis
sensitivities of the expert elicitation
results, such as the method of
aggregating the individual frequency
estimates. The 95th percentile estimate
of BWR break size diameter for the
geometric mean aggregation method is
approximately 13 inches, and the
corresponding break size for the
arithmetic mean aggregation method is
approximately 20 inches.) The actual
plant pipe sizes were used as a logical
selection criterion; because for a given
size break, it is more likely that a break
will be circumferentially oriented (i.e., a
complete severance of the pipe). The
NRC selected the TBS by considering
the actual size of the attached piping,
rather than by selecting a single break
size value which would conservatively
bound all plant configurations. For
BWRs, the pipes connecting to the RCS,
other than the largest reactor
recirculation piping or main steam line
piping, are the feedwater and RHR
piping. Also, these pipes are large
enough so that a single-ended break of
one of them will generally bound the
total cross-sectional discharge area for a
double-sided break in smaller size
feedwater or recirculation pipes. For
these reasons, the NRC continues to
believe that the TBS for BWRs should be
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
40009
based on the cross-sectional area of the
larger of either the feedwater or RHR
lines inside containment. No changes to
the BWR TBS have been made in the
revised proposed rule.
Comment. The Nuclear Energy
Institute, the Westinghouse Owners
Group (WOG) and a reactor licensee
stated that for pressurized-water
reactors (PWRs) with large piping
connected to both the hot and cold legs,
the TBS for the hot leg should be based
on the largest connecting hot leg pipe,
and the TBS for the cold leg should be
based on the largest connecting cold leg
pipe. These are logical break sizes and
avoid the arbitrary nature of the size of
the connecting pipe on the hot leg being
also applied to breaks on the cold leg.
If no attached piping is connected to the
cold leg, the cold leg TBS should be the
same as the hot leg TBS. The WOG
stated that the NRC and the industry
should take the opportunity of this rule
change to determine the appropriate
transition break size and not settle for a
rule that is needlessly conservative.
Because the rulemaking cannot easily be
changed in the future as new
information becomes available, the TBS
should be based on sound technical
facts and expert opinions with some
margin for uncertainties and unknowns
that could show up in the future and
erode margins. It is not appropriate to
set the TBS on the basis of where the
most benefit would be realized because
this may change tomorrow and there
will be no easy recourse. The WOG also
said that the Commissioners have
recommended a design basis LOCA cutoff frequency of 10¥5 per reactor year,
which corresponds to a break size of
about a three or four-inch diameter
effective break (for PWRs). The WOG
believes that selecting a TBS equal to
the largest attached piping (8- to 12-inch
diameter break) is very conservative.
However, the WOG has conducted
thermal-hydraulic and risk analyses that
show that there are substantial potential
benefits for PWR plants even with this
larger TBS. The WOG agreed that setting
the transition break size at the sizes of
the piping attached to the RCS loop is
reasonable because it will provide
significant benefit while providing
substantial margin to account for
uncertainties or any new information
that may become available on break size
vs. frequency. The requirement that
plants must still be able to mitigate
breaks larger than the TBS provides
even more margin.
NRC response. In developing the basis
for the PWR TBS, the NRC not only
used the mean break frequency
estimates from the expert elicitation but
also included additional allowances for
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
40010
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
various uncertainties. To address
uncertainties in the elicitation process,
the 95th percentile estimates of break
size diameter were used. Further, the
methods of aggregating the individual
frequency estimates were evaluated for
sensitivities. For PWRs, the break size at
a 10¥5 per year frequency using the
geometric mean method is
approximately 6 inches, and the
corresponding break size for the
arithmetic mean method is
approximately 10 inches. This is similar
in size to the cross-sectional area of the
largest pipe attached to the main reactor
coolant loop on which the TBS is
ultimately based. The largest attached
piping in PWRs is generally in the 12to 14-inch nominal pipe size range (with
inside diameters corresponding to 10.1
to 11.2 inches), and typically
corresponds to the surge line which is
attached to the hot leg. However, on
some Combustion Engineering and
Babcock and Wilcox plants, the largest
attached pipes may be the RHR, safety
injection, or core flood lines, which may
not be similarly attached to the hot leg.
However, as stated in the statement of
considerations for the initial proposed
rule (see 70 FR at 67603–67606), the
NRC selected only one size which
would uniformly apply for all locations
in the RCS piping, because the expert
elicitation did not provide sufficient
detail to distinguish the hot leg from the
cold leg break frequencies. The
commenters did not provide additional
information or technical data that
justifies different break frequencies or
use of a smaller TBS on the cold leg
piping. Thus, no changes to the PWR
TBS were made in the revised proposed
rule.
B. Comments on Seismic Considerations
Related to the TBS
The TBS specified by the NRC in the
November 7, 2005, proposed rule did
not include an adjustment to address
the effects of seismically-induced
LOCAs. (See 70 FR at 67604.) On
December 20, 2005, the NRC released a
report discussing seismic considerations
for the transition break size (‘‘Seismic
Considerations for the Transition Break
Size’’, December 2006; ML053470439).
The NRC requested specific public
comments on the effects of pipe
degradation on seismically-induced
LOCA frequencies and the potential for
affecting the selection of the TBS. These
public comments were considered in
the final, published report (NUREG–
1903, ‘‘Seismic Considerations for the
Transition Break Size’’, February 2008;
ML080880140).
Comment. NEI, WOG, BWROG, and a
reactor licensee all commented that the
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
proposed TBS need not be further
adjusted due to seismic considerations.
NEI indicated that the NRC’s December
20, 2005, report demonstrates that the
seismically-induced LOCA frequency
contribution is less than the 10¥5 per
reactor year guideline used by the NRC
in determining the TBS. NEI further
commented that median seismic
capacities for both the primary piping
system and primary system components
are higher than most other safety related
power plant components within the
nuclear power plant. Because of these
relative capacities, NEI said the seismic
risk from very large, low probability
earthquakes would be controlled by
consequential safety component failure.
In addition, NEI stated that the creation
of the TBS by itself does not produce a
physical change in the plant that would
result in an appreciable change in
seismic risk. The WOG, the BWROG,
and a reactor licensee endorsed the NEI
comments. WOG included an additional
comment which stated that the NRC’s
December report indicated that seismic
loading will only have a small (10 per
cent) effect on the LOCA frequencies
estimated by the NRC expert panel
(NUREG–1829, Draft report, June 2005)
and that effect is well within the
uncertainty bounds of the frequency
estimate of the panel. Furthermore the
NRC has already included a very
substantial margin above the break size
that would correspond to a LOCA
frequency of 10¥5 per reactor year.
Therefore, seismic effects should not
change the transition break size.
NRC Response. The NRC agrees with
the commenters’ conclusion that the
TBS defined in the proposed rule need
not be adjusted further to account for
the effects of seismically induced
LOCAs in piping greater than the TBS.
In reaching its conclusion the NRC
considered the comments received as
well as historical information related to
piping degradation and the potential for
the presence of cracks sufficiently large
that pipe failure would be expected
under loads associated with rare (10¥5
per year) earthquakes.
The NRC report NUREG–1903,
‘‘Seismic Considerations for the
Transition Break Size’’ (February 2008;
ML080880140) considered the potential
contribution from two mechanisms:
direct piping failures and indirect
failures. Direct failures are those pipe
ruptures that result when the combined
earthquake loadings and normal stresses
exceed the strength of the pipe. The
report concluded that direct failures
from earthquakes with return
frequencies of 10¥5 per year and 10¥6
per year would not be expected unless
cracks on the order of 30 percent
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
through-wall and approximately 145
degrees around the piping
circumference were present at the time
of the earthquake. The NRC reviewed its
experience with flaws in reactor coolant
system piping to assess whether cracks
of this magnitude have ever been found
in RCS main loop piping, or if other
information suggests that cracks of this
magnitude are likely. The NRC
considered both fabrication induced
flaws and service induced flaws. No
large fabrication flaws have ever been
reported. If large fabrication flaws were
present and were not detected by the
initial fabrication inspections and
subsequent in-service inspections, it
would be expected that some would
have grown through-wall over time as a
result of fatigue or other mechanisms
and would have been discovered
through leakage. This has not been
observed even though most plants have
been in operation for more than 20
years.
With respect to service induced flaws,
the NRC also considered the potential
for known degradation mechanisms to
induce cracks of the critical size. For
BWRs, intergranular stress corrosion
cracking (IGSCC) is the only mechanism
that has been shown to produce large
cracks. However, regulatory and
industry programs have been in place
for many years to specifically address
this mechanism and as a result, IGSCC
is being effectively managed. In PWRs,
a number of partly through-wall flaws
and a small number of through-wall
flaws have been discovered and have
been attributed to primary water stress
corrosion cracking (PWSCC). To date,
all flaws discovered were considerably
smaller than flaws that would lead to
failure under 10¥5 and 10¥6 per year
earthquake loadings. PWR plant owners
have established programs to address
PWSCC in susceptible reactor coolant
system piping welds. They are
inspecting these welds more frequently
and, in most cases, are applying
mitigation techniques to manage
PWSCC. The NRC is working with the
American Society of Mechanical
Engineers (ASME) to establish a
regulatory framework for improved
inspection and mitigation of PWSCC in
these welds. The NRC expects that these
measures will ensure that PWSCC will
be effectively managed. As a result of
the above considerations, the NRC
considers the likelihood of flaws large
enough to fail under 10¥5 and 10¥6 per
year earthquake loadings to be
sufficiently low that the TBS need not
be modified to address seismically
induced direct failures.
Indirect failures are primary system
pipe ruptures that are a consequence of
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
failures in non-primary system
components or structural support
failures (such as a steam generator
support). Structural support failures
could then cause displacements in
components that stress the piping and
result in pipe failure. The NRC
performed studies on two plants to
estimate the conditional pipe failure
probability due to structural support
failure given a low return frequency
earthquake (10¥5 to 10¥6 per year). The
results indicated that the conditional
failure probability was on the order of
0.1. These studies used seismic hazard
curves from NUREG–1488, ‘‘Revised
Livermore Seismic Hazard Estimates for
Sixty-Nine Nuclear Power Plant Sites
East of the Rocky Mountains,’’ (April
1994; ML052640591). More recent
indirect failure studies were completed
by the Electric Power Research Institute
(EPRI) on three plants using updated
seismic hazard estimates. The updated
seismic hazard increases the peak
ground acceleration at some sites. The
highest pipe failure probability
calculated for the three plants in the
industry analyses was 6 × 10¥6 per year.
Although the EPRI failure probability
was higher than either of the two cases
calculated by the NRC, the result is still
lower than the TBS selection guideline
of 10¥5 per reactor year. The NRC noted
in its report that indirect failure
analyses are highly plant-specific.
Therefore it is possible that example
plants assessed in the NRC and EPRI
analyses are not limiting for all plants.
The NRC has considered the
importance of indirect failures on the
selection of the TBS. For the cases
considered in both the EPRI and NRC
studies, the likelihood of indirectly
induced piping failures resulting from
major component support failures is less
than 10¥5 per reactor year, the
frequency criterion used to select the
TBS. Also, as noted in the public
comments, the median seismic
capacities for both the primary piping
system and primary system components
are typically higher than other safety
related components within the nuclear
power plant. Because of these relative
capacities, it is expected that a seismic
event of sufficient magnitude to cause
consequential failure within the primary
system would also induce failure of
components in multiple trains of
mitigation systems, or even induce
multiple RCS pipe breaks.
Consequently, the risk contribution
from seismically induced indirect
failures is expected to depend more
heavily on the relative fragilities of
plant components and systems than the
size of the TBS. Therefore, adjustment
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
to the TBS for seismically induced
indirect LOCAs is also not warranted.
Comment. In the proposed rule, the
NRC stated that the final rule might
include requirements for licensees to
perform plant-specific assessments of
seismically-induced pipe breaks and, if
necessary, implement augmented inservice inspection plans before
implementing the alternative ECCS
requirements. NEI, WOG, BWROG, and
a reactor licensee all commented that
plant specific assessments should not be
required to demonstrate that the
seismically induced pipe breaks do not
significantly affect the likelihood of
pipe breaks larger than the TBS. NEI
indicated that the NRC’s December 20,
2005 report, ‘‘Seismic Considerations
for the Transition Break Size’’
demonstrates that the seismically
induced LOCA frequency contribution
is less than the 10¥5 per reactor year
guideline limit used by the NRC in
determining the TBS. NEI further
commented that indirect LOCA seismic
studies had been performed by EPRI for
a limited number of plants using more
recent seismic hazard estimates than
those used in the NRC’s December
study. The EPRI study estimated that
the indirect LOCA probability was less
than 10¥5 per year for the plants
examined. The EPRI study found that
although the latest seismic hazard has
increased for some parts of the central
and eastern United States, there are
several mitigating phenomena that have
been established within the new plant
seismic program which tend to counter
much of that increase. NEI also stated
that for a risk informed application, the
change in risk should be the primary
metric for decision making. The change
in risk relative to seismic events is
estimated to be negligible based upon
the fact that the TBS threshold does not
directly impact either the seismic
hazard or the plant seismic fragilities.
The WOG, the BWROG, and a licensee
all endorsed the NEI comments. WOG
included an additional comment which
stated that the NRC’s December report
indicated that seismic loading will only
have a small (∼10 percent) effect on the
LOCA frequencies estimated by the NRC
expert panel (NUREG–1829 Draft
Report, June 2005) and that effect is well
within the uncertainty bounds of the
frequency estimate of the panel. A
reactor licensee had an additional
comment that plant specific assessments
to determine the frequency of
seismically induced pipe breaks would
be very difficult to complete. The
licensee said that because pipe
inspection and repair are such an
integral part of plant operations, after a
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
40011
plant seismic assessment was
completed, its conclusions would then
be prejudiced by implementation of
piping inspection and repair programs.
The commenter did not explain in detail
how the results would be prejudiced.
The commenter also suggested that
more technically valid piping failure
probabilities might be obtainable
through an extensive research program,
but noted it is questionable whether this
would provide additional risk insights.
NRC response. The NRC disagrees
with the commenters that plant specific
assessments of seismically induced pipe
breaks are not necessary before
implementing the alternative ECCS
requirements. As discussed in the
previous comment, although seismic
considerations do not significantly
affect TBS selection, the generic nature
of the seismic risk studies requires an
applicant to demonstrate that these
studies are applicable to its plant and
site.
The NUREG–1903 study did
generically conclude (based on
operating experience, probabilistic risk
assessment insights, experimental
testing, and analysis) that the likelihood
of seismic-induced unflawed piping
failure was much less than 10¥5 per
year. However, a general conclusion
about the likelihood of seismic-induced
flawed piping failure could not be
reached for all plants. Twenty-six plantspecific calculations were conducted in
NUREG–1903 using available seismic
hazard assessments for plants east of the
Rocky Mountains (i.e., from NUREG–
1488; April, 1994) and piping stress and
material information obtained from
historical leak-before-break
applications. These calculations
indicated that extremely large
circumferential flaws (i.e., greater than
30 percent of the piping wall thickness
for a flaw approximately 145 degrees
around the piping circumference) would
be required before failure would occur
due to earthquakes with a return
frequency of 10¥5 or 10¥6 per year.
However, the plant-specific conditions
used in the calculations were not
chosen to bound conditions at all
nuclear power plants. Additionally,
some plants may have updated seismic
hazard, piping stress, material property,
or other information used in the flawed
piping evaluation. Thus, the NUREG–
1903 results may not be applicable to
every plant.
The ACRS, in its letter dated
November 16, 2006 (ML063190465),
also noted that seismic hazards are very
plant specific. The ACRS further
recommended that licensees who adopt
§ 50.46a should demonstrate that the
results developed by the NRC bound the
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
40012
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
likelihood of seismically induced failure
at their plants. The Committee further
stated that licensees may have to
perform additional calculations to
demonstrate a comparable robustness of
flawed piping. The ACRS
recommendations are consistent with
the limitations of the NUREG–1903
study as noted above.
It would also be inconsistent with the
Commission’s intent to allow the
relaxation of ECCS requirements at a
plant with a seismically induced large
break LOCA frequency greater than the
10¥5 per reactor year criteria used for
selecting the TBS in the proposed rule.
Because seismic analyses and, in
particular, indirect failure estimates are
highly plant and site specific (as noted
in NUREG–1903 and in ACRS
comments), the NRC believes that it is
necessary for a licensee to demonstrate
that its seismic LOCA frequency is
sufficiently low before implementation
of the alternative ECCS requirements.
Depending upon the results of the plant
specific assessment, it may be necessary
to implement augmented in-service
inspection plans. As discussed below in
Section V.C. of this document, the NRC
is currently preparing guidance for
conducting these plant-specific
assessments (‘‘Plant-Specific
Applicability of 10 CFR 50.46 Technical
Basis,’’ February 2009; ML090350757).
C. Comments on Thermal-Hydraulic
Analysis
Comment. Both NEI and WOG
recommended that the proposed new
reporting requirement in
§ 50.46a(g)(1)(i) of a 0.4 percent change
in oxidation as the threshold for
reporting a change, or the sum of
changes, in calculated clad oxidation be
changed from 0.4 percent to 2.0 percent.
WOG noted that the rationale for
selecting 0.4 percent is that it is the
same, on a percentage basis, as the
existing peak cladding temperature
(PCT) change reporting requirement.
WOG also stated that this rationale is
only true if one considers the range of
interest of PCT as 0 to 2200 degrees
Fahrenheit (°F) [(50 °F/2200 °F) × (17
percent) = 0.4 percent]. If instead, one
considers the range of interest of PCT as
1700–2200 °F or 1800–2200 °F, from the
perspective of transient oxide build-up,
this same rationale gives a significance
threshold of 1.7 or 2.1 percent. On this
basis, WOG recommended that the
significance threshold for changes in
oxidation be revised to 2.0 percent.
WOG also noted that changes in
oxidation are much more difficult to
estimate than changes in peak cladding
temperature because oxidation is an
integrated parameter based on the
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
temperature transient versus time,
whereas PCT is a point value. If the
significance threshold for oxidation is
not adjusted as recommended above, it
is anticipated that the new oxidation
reporting requirement will require more
frequent re-analyses than the current
regulations require, with no
commensurate benefit to the public
health and safety.
NRC response. The basis for the 0.4
per year oxidation change is that the
ratio of the reporting threshold value to
the change in oxidation from a
‘‘normal’’ operating level of 4 percent
(based on a twice-burned oxidation
thickness of 65 μ for Zircalloy-4) to a
maximum level of 17 percent should be
the same as the ratio of the reporting
threshold value to the change from the
normal operating cladding temperature
of 600 °F to the allowed PCT of 2200 °F.
On that basis the oxidation change of
0.4 percent was chosen. The trend
toward thinner cladding material raises
the initial oxidation percentage even
closer to the maximum local oxidation
limit and reduces the margin for change
in predicted oxidation.
Additionally, the NRC agrees with the
WOG comment that calculating
oxidation is more time-consuming than
calculating PCT. However, the NRC
believes WOG is incorrect in stating that
not reducing the significance threshold
for reporting changes in calculated
oxidation will cause the need for
performing additional oxidation
calculations. The significance threshold
for reporting to the NRC only affects the
frequency of reporting and has no effect
on the need to do reanalysis. Reanalysis
is necessary when licensees discover
errors or make changes to analytical
codes.
The Commission has directed the
NRC staff to revise the ECCS acceptance
criteria in § 50.46(b) to account for new
experimental data on cladding ductility
and to allow for the use of advanced
cladding alloys. The NRC will soon
issue an Advance Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking (ANPR) seeking public
comments on a planned regulatory
approach. The NRC expects that this
rulemaking (Docket ID NRC–2008–0332)
will establish new cladding
embrittlement acceptance criteria in
§ 50.46(b) for design basis LOCAs. As
these new acceptance criteria are being
established, the NRC will also make
conforming changes to § 50.46a as
necessary for both below and above TBS
breaks. As a consequence, the NRC now
believes that the need for a reporting
requirement in § 50.46a associated with
errors or changes in ECCS analysis
methodology would be more
appropriately addressed in the ongoing
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
§ 50.46(b) proceeding. Accordingly, the
changes to the oxidation reporting
requirements in the initial proposed
rule have been removed from the
revised proposed rule.
Comment. Framatome commented
that the analysis or case requirements in
§ 50.46a(e)(2) for beyond the transition
break size evaluations are excessive.
The desire for this portion of the
regulation is to establish in a reasonable
way that the plant remains able to
mitigate a large break LOCA. It is
unnecessary and inconsistent to elevate
the consideration of break size effects
beyond that of other portions or aspects
of the evaluation that are to be treated
as reasonable values. Under the
proposed rule language, a full § 50.46
evaluation will be required for breaks of
area less than the TBS. The results for
these analyses can be extended to the
smaller break sizes in the greater than
TBS spectrum with assurance.
Combining a reasonable selection of
discharge coefficient (0.6) with the use
of the 1994 ANS decay heat standard
would roughly equate a 14-inch
schedule 160 pipe area (0.7 ft 2), treated
as below the TBS, with a 1.4 ft 2 break,
treated as a beyond TBS break.
Similarly, at the upper end of the break
spectrum, what used to be considered as
an 8 to 9 ft 2 break of the cold leg will
be the equivalent of a historical 5 ft 2
break. The requirement to perform
sensitivity studies to identify a worst
case break between these two limits
seems unwarranted. It would be
reasonable to just perform the full
double area break or at most that break
and one intermediate break. The only
sensitivity required should be relative to
break location. Historically, break
location can have a substantial
influence on the calculated results. This
should be resolved prior to the greater
than TBS calculation either by
sensitivity studies or by reference to
appropriate historical analyses. The
concern can be allayed by either altering
the rule so that the identification of the
most severe break size is not required or
by inserting the concept of reasonable
confidence that breaks within the
beyond TBS spectrum will not pose
consequences substantially more severe
than those of the calculations
performed.
The WOG stated that for NRCapproved best-estimate or Appendix K
evaluation models, the requirement for
analyzing a spectrum of break sizes is
unwarranted. The BWROG said that the
requirement to re-validate over 30 years
of experience with performing large
break LOCA analysis to confirm ‘‘for a
number of postulated LOCAs of
different sizes and locations * * * that
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
the most severe postulated LOCAs
* * * are analyzed’’ is unnecessarily
burdensome and appears to serve no
specific technical need. Current bestestimate large break LOCA models,
which are benchmarked to testing data,
have yielded no insights that would
invalidate the previous analytical
experience and knowledge. WOG
concluded that this provision in the rule
language should be removed.
NRC response. The NRC disagrees
with the commenters on the need for
analyzing a spectrum of break sizes. The
proposed rule language was selected
because there are two peak cladding
temperatures, one that occurs below the
TBS and one that occurs above the TBS.
The peak above the TBS may not occur
for the DEGB, but rather, for a break area
in the range of 0.6 to 0.8 times the DEGB
area. Because there can be a fairly large
temperature difference between that
break and the DEGB, use of the DEGB
could be non-conservative. The NRC
also believes that the language of the
rule provides considerable flexibility in
implementation (relative to the stated
comments) because the requirement is
to analyze a ‘‘number of postulated
LOCAs * * * sufficient to provide
assurance that the most severe LOCAs
* * * are analyzed’’. The use of
historical analyses is not precluded. No
changes were made in the revised
proposed rule.
Comment. NEI commented that in
§ 50.46a(e)(2) on ECCS analysis
methods, one requirement is that
‘‘comparisons to applicable
experimental data must be made.’’ NEI
stated that other approaches such as
comparison of results to accepted
analysis techniques or to textbook
approaches are also appropriate and
suggested that the requirement be
reworded to state that ‘‘sufficient
justification’’ must be provided.
NRC response. The NRC disagrees
with this commenter. Computer code-tocode comparisons are not adequate
because all codes have uncertainty in
their results. Only code-to-data
comparisons can be used to accurately
assess code uncertainties. Similarly,
computer code results cannot be
validated by comparison to ‘‘textbook
approaches’’ because no simple
textbook approaches exist for modeling
the highly complex thermal-hydraulic
phenomena associated with pipe break
analyses. No changes were made in the
revised proposed rule.
Comment. WOG submitted four
options for how to perform ECCS
analysis in the beyond-TBS region to
assist the NRC staff in developing the
regulatory guide for implementing the
§ 50.46a rule.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
NRC Response. The NRC will evaluate
the WOG ECCS analysis options and
will provide additional implementation
guidance in the associated regulatory
guide.
Comment. The BWROG stated that it
supports applying the requirements of
§ 50.46a(b)(1) to reactors with MOX
[mixed oxide] fuel.
NRC response. The proposed § 50.46a
is intended to be an alternative to the
current ECCS requirements in § 50.46.
Because § 50.46 does not address the
use of mixed oxide fuel, the NRC
believes that the commenter’s proposal
is beyond the scope of this rulemaking.
The NRC did not make changes in the
revised proposed rule to address MOX
fuel.
Comment. Proposed § 50.46a(e)(2):
The following sentence should be
moved from its current location to just
in front of the sentence beginning,
‘‘These calculations * * *’’: ‘‘The
evaluation must be performed for a
number of postulated LOCAs of
different sizes and locations sufficient to
provide assurance that the most severe
postulated LOCAs larger than the TBS
up to the double-ended rupture of the
largest pipe in the reactor coolant
system are analyzed.’’ This relocated
sentence should begin a new paragraph.
These changes will properly group the
more detailed analysis requirements.
NRC response. The NRC agrees that
movement of the noted sentence
improves the rule presentation. In the
revised proposed rule, this sentence has
been relocated as the commenter
suggested, but the structure of
§ 50.46a(e)(2) was not modified.
Comment. In proposed § 50.46a(e)(2),
the NRC should clarify the requirements
for licensee documentation to be
maintained onsite versus generic
documentation in or supporting a
licensing topical report.
NRC response. In the revised
proposed rule, the NRC modified
§ 50.46a(e) to require that analysis
methods for all LOCAs ‘‘must be
approved for use by the NRC. Appendix
K, Part II, to 10 CFR Part 50, sets forth
the documentation requirements for
evaluation models.’’ Thus, the
documentation requirements for
analysis methods used for breaks larger
than the TBS are the same as for
analysis methods used for breaks
smaller than the TBS. The purpose of
this change is to increase confidence in
the ability to mitigate breaks greater
than the TBS, as recommended by the
Advisory Committee on Reactor
Safeguards.
Comment. In proposed § 50.46a(e)(2),
the NRC states that these calculations
[for breaks larger than the TBS] may
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
40013
take credit for the availability of offsite
power and do not require the
assumption of a single failure. It should
also be noted that availability of
equipment is not limited to safetyrelated equipment.
NRC response. The NRC agrees that
the suggested language is more
descriptive and has incorporated the
change into that last sentence of
§ 50.46a(e)(2).
Comment. For PWR LOCAs below
and above the TBS, the mitigating
systems and equipment are the same for
the full spectrum of LOCAs. Although
non-safety LOCA mitigation systems/
components may be applicable in the
context of BWR LOCA analysis, this is
not the case for PWRs. If this element of
the proposed regulation (allowing the
use of non-safety grade systems) is
intended to address a situation that is
only applicable to BWRs, then it should
not be required for PWRs.
NRC response. The element of the
proposed regulation—allowing the use
of non-safety grade systems—noted by
the commenter is not intended to
address a situation that is only
applicable to BWRs. Although PWR
plants may not currently have nonsafety systems that could be credited for
LOCA mitigation (for breaks larger than
the TBS), modifications could be made
in the future that facilitate use of nonsafety systems. The revised proposed
rule would relax existing § 50.46
requirements to allow ECCS analyses of
breaks larger than the TBS to take credit
for both safety-grade and non-safetygrade equipment if such equipment
exists, is maintained available and
reliable, and is capable of being
powered by an on-site source of
electrical power.
Comment. The WOG commented that
the rule should not contain a
requirement for licensees to submit
beyond TBS thermal-hydraulic analyses
to the NRC for approval. One reactor
licensee commented that the proposed
rule states that licensees will not be
required to submit their beyond-TBS
analysis method or application to the
NRC for review and approval; instead,
the NRC intends to maintain regulatory
oversight of these analyses by
inspection. That licensee said that
although not requiring NRC review and
approval has the appearance of a benefit
to the licensees, it actually introduces a
risk of a regulatory crisis should an
inspection identify a deficiency in the
beyond-TBS analysis method following
implementation. Such an identified
deficiency could result in a
consequence such as the regulator
imposing restrictions on reactor
operation. This risk is greater than for
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
40014
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
the current situation where LOCA
evaluation models and applications are
pre-approved by the NRC. It would be
preferable that NRC review and
approval of § 50.46a applications be
obtained prior to implementation to
avoid such a regulatory crisis. This
commenter proposed that the NRC agree
to perform a pre-approval of a licensee’s
beyond-TBS analysis method and
application if requested by a licensee.
NRC response. The NRC has changed
the proposed rule to require NRC review
and approval of analysis methods used
to evaluate plant response to LOCAs
larger than the transition break size. The
purpose of this change is to increase
confidence in the ability to mitigate
breaks greater than the TBS, as
recommended by the ACRS.
Comment. NEI, a reactor vendor, and
a reactor licensee requested that M5
cladding (M5) be specified as an
approved fuel cladding material in
existing § 50.46(a) and in proposed
§ 50.46a(b)(1) to avoid the need for
requesting an exemption to allow its
use. The reactor vendor stated that
because M5 is currently being used in
11 nuclear power reactors of varying
designs across the United States, it is
obvious that M5 is an acceptable and
desirable cladding material. The
BWROG stated that § 50.46a should be
made available to reactors with alternate
cladding materials.
NRC response. As previously
discussed, the Commission directed the
NRC staff to initiate a separate
rulemaking effort to amend § 50.46(b) to
address the use of advanced cladding
alloys. The NRC is considering cladding
specific issues in that proceeding and
will also incorporate appropriate
conforming changes to § 50.46a. The
NRC is working to revise the ECCS
acceptance criteria in § 50.46(b) to
account for new experimental data on
cladding ductility and to facilitate the
licensing review of advanced cladding
alloys such as M5. The NRC plans to
issue an ANPR during the summer of
2009 to solicit public comments on a
planned regulatory approach. In the
interim, the NRC will continue to
evaluate the use of cladding materials
other than Zircalloy or ZIRLO on a caseby-case basis.
D. Comments Related to Probabilistic
Risk Assessment
1. Summary
The initial proposed rule required
that all future facility changes 6 made by
6 The scope of changes subject to the change
criteria in § 50.46a(f) of the proposed rule would be
greater than the changes currently subject to
§ 50.59, which applies only to changes to ‘‘the
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
licensees after adopting § 50.46a be
evaluated by a risk-informed integrated
safety performance (RISP) assessment
process that has been reviewed and
approved by the NRC via the routine
process for license amendments.7 (See
70 FR 67612–67615.) Most of the
commenters on the proposed rule stated
that current regulatory processes that
control changes to the facility are
adequate and therefore, there is no need
for the RISP change control process. In
comments generally supported by all
nuclear industry commenters, NEI
argued that the controls on the existing
licensing basis make it virtually
impossible to make significant adverse
changes to the risk profile of the plant
without being required to submit a
license amendment request for prior
NRC review and approval. NEI
concluded that the only item that might
be missing from the current framework
that would provide additional assurance
that the licensee is appropriately
maintaining the risk profile of the
facility after adoption of § 50.46a would
be a requirement that the licensee
periodically assess the cumulative
impact of facility changes to the risk
profile.
Industry commenters also considered
the proposed rule’s unbounded scope of
the facility changes requiring a RISP
assessment to be an unnecessary burden
and some argued that this requirement
is potentially adverse to safety. In this
regard, the commenters said that
because most facility changes have no
material safety significance, requiring a
RISP assessment of facility changes
beyond even the criteria established in
current regulations, such as in § 50.59,
would add a wide range of activities and
components to the licensing basis that
were never reviewed or ever intended to
be reviewed by the NRC. Thus, licensees
would be forced to divert valuable
resources from monitoring plant safety
to tracking a multitude of items that
have no safety or risk significance. A
few commenters recognized that most
facility changes could be dispositioned
with a qualitative RISP assessment but
argued that there would still be cost
facility as described in the FSAR.’’ The change
criteria in the proposed rule would apply to all
facility and procedure changes, regardless of
whether they are described in the FSAR.
7 Requirements for license amendments are
specified in §§ 50.90, 50.91 and 50.92. They include
public notice of all amendment requests in the
Federal Register and an opportunity for affected
persons to request a hearing. In implementing
license amendments, the NRC typically prepares an
appropriate environmental analysis and a detailed
NRC technical evaluation to ensure that the facility
will continue to provide adequate protection of
public health and safety and common defense and
security after the amendment is implemented.
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
associated with the performance and
documentation of the assessment.
All commenters stated that the rule
should not include the operational
restriction that all allowable at-power
configurations be demonstrated to meet
the ECCS acceptance criteria. The
suggested alternatives ranged from
reducing the restrictions and placing
them under licensee control to
eliminating them entirely. The
commenters argued that:
(1) Existing plant configuration
control programs, including technical
specifications and implementation of
the maintenance rule, provide sufficient
controls to ensure that implementation
of § 50.46a will not lead to plant
operation in high risk configurations;
(2) Because of the low frequency of
breaks greater than the TBS there should
be a minimum of associated operating
restrictions;
(3) Any operating restrictions for
breaks larger than the TBS need to be
commensurate with risk contribution of
these larger break sizes; and
(4) Operating restrictions would
remove or reduce any potential benefit
that licensees might gain from the
adoption of § 50.46a.
NRC summary response. The NRC
believes that a risk-informed change
process is a necessary component of this
rule because this rule would permit
changes to facility design bases that
would not be allowed under current
regulations. The current regulatory
processes that control facility changes
are not adequate to control riskinformed plant changes that would be
allowed under § 50.46a. However, the
NRC has modified the risk-informed
change process considerably by
reducing the scope of facility changes
for which a risk assessment is required.
The NRC considered requiring all
facility changes to be evaluated as risk
informed changes and permitting
licensees to make all facility changes,
with some exceptions, that satisfy the
criteria in § 50.59 or other NRC
regulations without prior NRC review
and approval. The ACRS commented
that requiring the change in risk from all
facility changes to be compared to the
acceptable risk increase criteria was a
significant departure from RG 1.174
guidance and other past risk-informed
applications. The ACRS recommended
that this proposal be reviewed for its
implications.
Instead of requiring risk assessment of
all future facility changes, the revised
proposed rule would require risk
assessments for only those facility
changes enabled by the new ECCS
requirements for pipe breaks greater
than the TBS. This change would
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
reduce unnecessary burden and bring
the change control process into
conformance with RG 1.174 and other
risk-informed rules and licensing
actions. Two previous risk-informed
regulations promulgated by the NRC
(i.e., §§ 50.69 and 50.48(c)) have
included similar requirements related to
the use of PRA and risk-informed
principles to demonstrate the
acceptability of facility changes enabled
by new, risk-informed regulations before
being implemented by licensees.
The revised proposed rule defines
facility changes enabled by § 50.46a as
changes to the facility, technical
specifications, and procedures that
satisfy the revised ECCS analysis
requirements in § 50.46a but do not
satisfy the ECCS analysis requirements
in § 50.46. A risk-informed analysis,
consistent with that described in RG
1.174, shall be applied to facility
changes enabled by the rule. The riskinformed framework established in RG
1.174 permits licensees to propose
several individual changes to a facility’s
licensing basis that have been evaluated
and will be implemented in an
integrated fashion. Some facility
changes proposed by licensees may not
be enabled by the rule but may lead to
a risk decrease. RG 1.174 permits
integrated (bundled) changes in risk to
be compared to the acceptance
guidelines from RG 1.174 in order to
encourage changes that reduce risk. The
NRC has retained this guidance in
§ 50.46a(f)(2)(iv) which would permit
the change in risk from changes enabled
by the rule to be combined with the
change in risk from other plant changes
unrelated to the rule for the purpose of
demonstrating that the change in risk
from all changes made under the rule
meets the acceptance criteria.
In addition to reducing the scope of
facility changes to which the riskinformed change process must be
applied, the NRC has discarded the
acronym ‘‘RISP’’ in favor of the simpler
‘‘risk-informed’’ label because the
elements and processes described by the
RISP are the elements and processes
that make up a risk-informed
evaluation.
The NRC considered whether to
simplify the risk-assessment process
further by relying primarily on current
regulations to identify which facility
changes a licensee must submit for prior
NRC review and approval. The ACRS
commented that the NRC should use
risk criteria to determine whether a
licensee should submit a change
enabled by the rule for review and
approval. Subsequently, the NRC
retained the criteria specifying the
maximum risk increase for a change that
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
a licensee may make without prior NRC
review and approval. This requirement
frees licensees and the NRC from the
burden of evaluating and accounting for
the many individual facility changes
that do not have a significant impact on
risk while retaining NRC review and
approval for changes that might pose a
safety concern.
In response to comments received on
the operational restrictions in the
proposed rule, the NRC has decided that
restrictions must remain on plant
operation in configurations where it has
not been demonstrated that breaks larger
than the TBS can be mitigated, but the
restrictions will be modified. The
proposed rule prohibited at-power
operation in any configuration without
the demonstrated ability to mitigate a
LOCA larger than the TBS. The revised
proposed rule would restrict at-power
operation in such a configuration to not
exceed a total of fourteen days in any 12
month period. Rather than requiring
licensees to use risk methods to
determine how long such operation
would be permitted, what actions would
be required, and how the controls
would be implemented, in the
republished proposed rule the NRC is
specifying a time limit that simplifies
implementation without sacrificing
flexibility and introducing unnecessary
burden. The NRC believes it is unlikely
that licensees would experience
circumstances when they would
consider operating in such a condition
for more than fourteen days but feels
that maintaining the restriction is
necessary.
Although the LOCA frequencies on
which the TBS are founded indicate that
the expected frequency of breaks larger
than the TBS is low, these frequencies
are estimates derived from an expert
elicitation process. The NRC has
addressed the associated uncertainty, in
part, by incorporating other elements
into the selection of the TBS while
recognizing that facility changes
permitted by the rule could reduce the
capability to mitigate some accidents
that would currently be mitigated. The
NRC concluded that the consequence of
a challenge to the facility from an
unmitigated break larger than the TBS is
severe enough to warrant some
confidence that the break could be
mitigated.
Although the NRC currently has no
guidance explicitly applicable to
determine an acceptable time interval
for operation without mitigation
capability for a beyond-TBS LOCA,
some related guidance is available.
Previously, the NRC determined that
events having at least a 10¥7 probability
per year should generally be taken into
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
40015
consideration in facility design. This
approach is reflected in NUREG–0800,
‘‘Standard Review Plan for the Review
of Safety Analysis Reports for Nuclear
Power Plants.’’ Events taken into
consideration in facility design are
design basis events and must meet the
regulations specifying the required
ability to mitigate the event. This
guideline indicates that events with a
frequency less than 10¥7 per year need
not be considered in facility design.
Applying this criterion to develop an
acceptable time interval during which a
beyond-TBS LOCA might not be
successfully mitigated yields about 4
days per year. Regulatory Guide 1.177,
‘‘An Approach for Plant-Specific RiskInformed Decisionmaking; Technical
Specifications,’’ provides risk guidelines
that are routinely used to judge the
acceptability of time intervals that
safety-related equipment can be
unavailable. Applying the RG 1.177
criterion yields about 18 days. Neither
of these guidelines is fully applicable to
this configuration. The 10¥7 annual
probability was developed to identify
events external to the plant that need
not be included in the design basis and
is not specifically applicable to internal
events such as LOCAs. Regulatory
Guide 1.177 guidelines are normally
applied to an operating configuration
when mitigation capability would still
be available although a single failure
might fail that capability. Nevertheless,
they provide an indication that an
acceptable period of time should be
measured in days.
The NRC chose fourteen days as the
appropriate limit on how long a plant
can operate in a configuration not
demonstrated to meet the ECCS
acceptance criteria for LOCA break sizes
larger than the TBS. The NRC believes
that fourteen days should be sufficient
to allow completion of on-line
maintenance activities relied on to
ensure high reliability for safety systems
while providing adequate protection of
public health and safety, consistent with
the low frequency of these LOCAs. The
NRC believes that a longer time period
for operating in such a plant condition
would not be consistent with its stated
goal of retaining the ability to
successfully mitigate the full spectrum
of LOCAs and would not adequately
address uncertainties in the evaluation
used to select the TBS. Conversely, a
shorter time period could lead to
significant burden to the industry with
no clear safety benefits and, if
maintenance activities were adversely
affected, a possible reduction in safety.
Therefore, the NRC will limit the
allowed time period for operation in an
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
40016
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
unanalyzed condition to fourteen days
to ensure that mitigation capability is
maintained except for occasional, brief
periods necessary to perform online
maintenance of mitigation structures,
systems and components.
The NRC concludes that the fourteen
day operational restriction would
protect public health and safety, provide
adequate time for licensees to perform
beneficial maintenance activities, be
commensurate with the safety
significance of LOCAs with a break size
larger than the TBS and be consistent
with the Commission’s intent that
mitigation capability be retained for the
full spectrum of LOCA events
‘‘commensurate with the safety
significance of these capabilities.’’
The NRC agrees with commenters that
operational restrictions could reduce the
benefits that may be derived from
adopting § 50.46a, but the NRC believes
that this reduction in benefits is
necessary and prudent to ensure that
some capability to successfully mitigate
LOCAs larger than the TBS is retained
consistent with the risk of these events.
As an example, because the new
§ 50.46a ECCS analysis requirements
provide relief from the single failure
criterion for pipe breaks larger than the
TBS, they could permit a facility to
increase power to the extent that flow
from both low pressure safety injection
trains would be required to fully
mitigate beyond-TBS breaks. However,
the operational restriction in the renoticed proposed rule would require
that such a facility reduce power to a
level where injection from one train is
sufficient to mitigate beyond-TBS breaks
if the second train is inoperable or is
removed from service for preventative
maintenance for longer than fourteen
days. The plant would be permitted to
operate at the increased power level at
all other times.
2. Discussion of Specific Comments
Comment. The RISP process would be
an extreme regulatory burden on
licensees and the NRC to implement.
Five reactor licensees said they would
not implement the proposed rule
because of excessive burden.
NRC response. The NRC disagrees
with the commenters that the burden to
develop and implement a risk-informed
evaluation process as described in the
initial proposed rule is an extreme
regulatory burden because many
elements of a risk-informed evaluation
process should already exist at power
reactors. However, as discussed above,
the NRC has substantially reduced the
scope of facility changes requiring a
risk-informed evaluation. The revised
proposed rule now would require a risk-
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
informed evaluation as described in RG
1.174 which is consistent with the riskinformed evaluations required by other
risk-informed applications and
regulations. The NRC believes that the
burden associated with implementing a
risk-informed evaluation program
would be offset by the flexibility
provided by the new ECCS analysis
requirements that will permit facility
changes that were not permitted by the
previous ECCS analysis requirements.
Comment. The risk-informed
evaluation process emphasizes
insignificant facility changes. The
proposed change control requirements
would require the NRC to be in the
business of individually reviewing a
myriad of insignificant facility changes.
The risk acceptance criteria for allowing
minimal risk changes appear to be
contrary to the stated goal of enhancing
safety. It seems illogical to adopt more
restrictive requirements on safeguards
for beyond design basis events than
exist for design basis events.
NRC response. The NRC disagrees
that the proposed rule’s requirements
would lead to the NRC individually
reviewing insignificant facility changes.
Facility changes that are enabled by the
new ECCS requirements may lead to a
wide range of estimated increases in
risk, from immeasurably small to very
large. The NRC has established an
acceptance criterion that specifies the
total amount of risk increase that would
be considered acceptable from changes
made under this rule. The revised
proposed rule also includes a provision
that prior NRC review is not required for
individual facility changes that cause no
more than a minimal increase in risk
when compared to the overall plant risk
profile. As discussed below, the NRC
would consider any increase that is less
than ten percent of the total acceptable
risk increase to be minimal. The revised
proposed rule includes these criteria to
prevent NRC review of insignificant
changes while retaining the capability to
review facility changes that might pose
a safety concern before implementation.
Comment. The scope of the required
PRA is excessive. One commenter stated
that the PRA scope requirements of
§ 50.46a(f)(4)(i) in the proposed rule
appear excessive and should instead use
text from NRC policy regarding PRA
scope requirements relative to an
application, i.e. ‘‘* * * the PRA scope
is such that all operational modes and
initiating events that could change the
regulatory decision substantially are
included in the model quantitatively.’’
Another commenter stated that
requirements for PRA should not be
prescribed in the rule. Standards and
processes exist to establish requirements
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
for PRA technical adequacy (e.g., RG
1.174, RG 1.200, ASME PRA standard).
A peer-reviewed internal events PRA
that meets RG 1.200 should be sufficient
for § 50.46a implementation. A final
commenter stated that a requirement for
shutdown PRAs is not appropriate
because of the low risk associated with
shutdown configurations at BWRs.
Requirements for seismic PRAs are also
inappropriate because these constitute a
typically small fraction of the overall
risk for most plants.
NRC response. The NRC does not
agree with commenters that the scope of
the required PRA is excessive and has
made no changes to the PRA
requirements in the revised proposed
rule. Further, the NRC believes that the
proposed rule language regarding PRA
scope requirements provided by one of
the above commenters is consistent with
the language in both the proposed and
the revised proposed rules. Thus, the
commenter’s text was not incorporated
into the revised proposed rule.
The required overall characteristics of
the PRA (and the non-PRA risk
assessment) are included in the rule
because these characteristics have been
determined to be necessary to support
decision making and inclusion of the
characteristics in the rule provides
clarity and predictability. The revised
proposed rule does not prescribe how it
will be determined whether a licensee’s
risk-assessment complies with these
characteristics. The process to evaluate
the suitability of each licensees’ risk
assessment will be described in the
regulatory guide associated with this
rule. This process will include staffendorsed industry standards and the
peer review process currently used by
the NRC to evaluate the technical
adequacy of PRAs supporting license
amendment requests.
Comment. The requirement to update
the PRA at a frequency no less often
than once every two refueling cycles is
potentially burdensome. An alternative
would be to require that after every
second refueling cycle, that the need for
a PRA update is assessed and that
appropriate action be initiated.
NRC response. The commenter’s
suggestion that the need for a PRA
update be first assessed and appropriate
action then be taken is consistent with
the revised proposed rule. Section
50.46a(f)(2)(iv) would require that the
PRA reasonably represent the current
configuration of the plant. If a PRA
continues to reasonably represent the
configuration of the plant after a
periodic review, the update requirement
could be satisfied with a simple
conclusion that changes to the PRA are
not needed. The NRC believes that an
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
update interval no longer than two
operating cycles is not unduly
burdensome; thus, the PRA update
periodicity was not changed in the
revised proposed rule.
Comment. The description of the riskinformed process should not be
included in the application for a license
amendment to implement § 50.46a. NEI
provided complete alternative rule
language in its comments. At the June
28, 2006, public meeting to clarify the
comments, NEI emphasized that the
proposed rule provided in their
comments did not require that the RISP
process be submitted for review because
they felt that such a review was
unnecessary. Although this comment
was not formally submitted, several
other participants at the June 2006
public meeting agreed with this
comment.
NRC response. The NRC disagrees
with the comment that a description of
a licensee’s risk-informed assessment
process need not be submitted for NRC
review as part of the licensee’s
application to adopt § 50.46a. However,
the NRC believes that the amount and
complexity of the process description
that must be submitted will vary
appropriately depending on which, and
how many, facility changes enabled by
the rule a licensee chooses to make.
As discussed, the NRC has revised the
proposed rule by reducing the
requirement that all future facility
changes be evaluated using a riskinformed evaluation to only requiring
that facility changes enabled by the rule
be evaluated. Licensees who make
limited facility changes under the rule,
may chose to not submit a request to
make future facility changes enabled by
the rule without prior NRC approval as
would be permitted in paragraph
(c)(1)(iv). Licensees who make one or
more risk-informed submittals without
requesting the authority permitted
under § 50.46a(c)(1)(iv) would only
need to demonstrate that the process
used to evaluate the specific change(s)
described in each submittal provides
confidence that the requirements of
§ 50.46a(f)(2) are satisfied. The content
of these submittals is expected to be
similar to, and consistent with, riskinformed license amendment requests
currently accepted for review by the
NRC.
A licensee requesting authority to
make future changes without NRC
review as permitted by § 50.46a(c)(1)(iv)
must submit for NRC review and
approval additional information, i.e.,
the licensee’s process including its risk
assessment models and methods that
will be used for making future riskinformed changes. Section
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
50.46a(c)(3)(iii) provides that the NRC
may approve an application if, in part,
the licensee’s risk-informed evaluation
process is adequate for determining
whether the acceptance criteria in
§ 50.46a(f) have been met. As described
in RG 1.174, the technical acceptability
of a PRA should be commensurate with
the application for which it is intended;
the level of detail required of the PRA
should be sufficient to model the impact
of the proposed change; and the effects
of the changes should be appropriately
accounted for. A licensee’s submittal to
make future changes must provide
sufficient information on both the risk
assessment models and how future
changes will be reflected in these
models, to allow the NRC to conclude
that the requirement in § 50.46a(c)(3)(iii)
is met.
Comment. Requirements on late
containment failure should be removed.
It is inappropriate to require licensees to
retain a level of mitigation for late
containment failure and late
radiological releases, because these
releases constitute a very small fraction
of overall plant risk. Therefore, these
references should be removed.
NRC response. The NRC is proposing
changes in the revised proposed rule
that would make this topic moot. The
commenter was remarking on the
parenthetical ‘‘(early and late)’’ that was
added to the containment related
defense in depth element described in
RG 1.174 when three of the elements
were incorporated as acceptance criteria
in the proposed rule. The NRC has
removed the defense-in-depth
acceptance criteria in the revised
proposed rule, including the reference
to early and late containment failures,
but has retained the general criterion
that defense-in-depth be maintained.
The NRC will continue to follow the
guidelines in RG 1.174 to address
defense-in-depth when evaluating
whether a licensee has satisfied the rule
criterion that defense-in-depth has been
maintained. The RG 1.174 guidelines for
defense-in-depth in risk-informed
applications have been used
successfully by the NRC for more than
a decade and do not need further
clarification through rulemaking.
Retaining the defense-in-depth
guidelines in a regulatory guide instead
of promulgating acceptance criteria in
the rule would also allow the NRC to
more effectively update its guidance as
new information becomes available or if
the Commission changes its policy.
Comment. Section 50.46a(f)(4)
contradicts § 50.46a(f)(5). One
commenter stated that § 50.46a(f)(4)
implies that only a PRA meeting the
requirements of the following
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
40017
paragraphs may be used in the riskinformed assessment. This was seen as
contradictory to § 50.46a(f)(5), which
allows non-PRA risk assessment
methods.
NRC response. The NRC disagrees
that the rule language is contradictory.
The relevant phrase in § 50.46a(f)(4)
states that ‘‘* * * to the extent that a
PRA is used in the risk-informed
assessment, it must * * *,’’ meet the
following PRA requirements. If a PRA
need not be used according to
§ 50.46a(f)(1)(i) and (f)(2)(ii), and a PRA
is not used, then non-PRA risk
assessment methods that satisfy the
requirements in § 50.46a(f)(5) may be
used. No changes were made in the
revised proposed rule.
Comment. Performance monitoring is
already covered by Appendix B to Part
50. One commenter stated that the
proposed requirement for a monitoring
program designed to detect and prevent
degradation of systems, structures, and
components (SSCs) before plant safety is
compromised is unnecessary. The
commenter stated that 10 CFR Part 50,
Appendix B, Criterion XVI for corrective
action already contains this
requirement.
NRC response. The NRC does not
agree. Appendix B to 10 CFR Part 50
applies to safety-related SSCs and
activities. The risk-informed decision
process includes risk models that
consider a much broader set of
accidents and can credit a larger set of
equipment and actions to mitigate these
accidents than the set of safety-related
equipment or actions. The NRC believes
that performance measurement is an
important part of risk-informed decision
making that must be applied
irrespective of the classification of an
SSC or activity as ‘‘safety-related.’’ The
performance monitoring requirement
remains in the revised proposed rule.
Comment. Power uprates and
relaxation of the single failure criteria
for breaks larger than a TBS LOCA
could result in a situation when all
emergency power supplies are needed
to successfully mitigate a break larger
than the TBS when accompanied by a
loss-of-offsite power. The potential
consequences of relying on the
availability of offsite power supply in a
deregulated environment or a
requirement to have both divisions of
onsite power available (without single
failure capability) to mitigate the
uprated reactor accident would not
appear to be offset by any compensatory
factors.
NRC response. The NRC agrees that
licensees who adopt § 50.46a could
potentially make changes to the facility
such that all emergency onsite power
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
40018
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
supplies were required to demonstrate
successful mitigation of a break larger
than the TBS when accompanied by a
loss-of-offsite power. Such an operating
configuration would not be permitted by
the current regulations. Licensees who
adopt § 50.46a would have the
flexibility to make facility changes that
would not normally be permitted by
current ECCS regulations but must
comply with all the requirements of
§ 50.46a. One requirement is to
demonstrate that all changes made
under the rule meet the risk acceptance
criteria in § 50.46a(f) before the facility
change may be implemented. Another
requirement is that the change in risk
from all changes to the facility must be
periodically assessed and steps must be
taken if the result exceeds the
acceptance criteria in § 50.46a(f)(2). If
changes to the plant-specific emergency
power configuration and/or grid
reliability over time result in risk
increases exceeding the acceptance
criteria, the plant changes that would
permit this operating configuration may
not be implemented, or other steps must
be taken to reduce overall facility risk.
However, in response to the ACRS
recommendation in the November 16,
2006, letter from Graham Wallis to
Chairman Dale E. Klein,
(ML063190465), to increase the level of
defense-in-depth provided by the rule
for mitigating LOCAs larger than the
TBS, the NRC has modified the revised
proposed rule with respect to the
availability of onsite electrical power.
The NRC has added the requirement
that all equipment needed to mitigate
pipe breaks larger that the TBS must be
designed so that onsite power can be
provided to the equipment. Onsite
power may be provided automatically or
as the result of manual actions taken by
facility staff within a time frame that
provides mitigation of damage and
accident consequences. Although the
ECCS analyses for pipe breaks larger
than the TBS may still assume the
availability of offsite power, the
availability of onsite power to the
necessary equipment provides
additional defense-in-depth for
postulated large break accidents.
E. Comments Related to the
Applicability of the Backfit Rule
Comment. Commenters stated that the
proposed rule provision limiting the
applicability of the backfit rule is
unnecessary. These commenters stated
that the rule requires maintaining a
mitigation capability up to the largest
LOCA, regardless of the size of the TBS.
The NRC should either apply the backfit
rule to future changes in the TBS, or
define a set of criteria defining how and
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
when the NRC would determine that the
TBS is no longer acceptable. Licensees
should be provided with a great deal of
latitude on achieving compliance
following any change in the TBS, with
the goal being that risk requirements are
achieved with a reasonable mix of
prevention and mitigation.
NRC response. The NRC disagrees, for
the most part, with the comments on
this question. Because the estimated low
LOCA frequency and corresponding low
risk of large LOCAs is necessary to
maintain assurance of public health and
safety with this risk-informed
regulation, the NRC believes that the
exclusion of TBS changes from the
backfit rule must be maintained in case
future changes in estimated LOCA
frequency require changes to the TBS.
With respect to a commenter’s
argument about the continuing
regulatory requirement for LOCA
mitigative capability beyond the TBS,
the NRC notes that even though
mitigative capability is retained, the
proposed beyond-TBS mitigative
capability is reduced, as compared to
the capability required under the
current ECCS rule. In developing the
proposed rule, the NRC recognized the
open-ended nature of the backfit
exclusion. The NRC attempted to
develop criteria for assessing whether
new information mandates a change to
the TBS. Unfortunately, the NRC was
unable to develop relatively clear
criteria and it was concluded that
adoption of generalized criteria for
constraining the NRC in future changes
to the TBS would not prove useful or
practical. Thus, the proposed rule did
not set forth proposed criteria for
assessing whether new information
mandates a change to the TBS. The NRC
notes that no commenter suggested any
criteria for assessing the need for, or
desirability of, changes to the TBS based
upon new information.
The NRC agrees that the proposed
amendment should provide licensees
with substantial flexibility to determine
the manner in which they would come
back into compliance with applicable
regulatory requirements following any
future change in the TBS. Licensees
who must take actions to come back into
compliance need not return the plant to
the precise conditions and
circumstances in effect immediately
before implementation of the § 50.46a
regulation. Rather, licensees should be
afforded the flexibility of deciding what
actions to implement to comply with a
revised TBS. Further, as one of the
commenters suggests, the overall goal of
any actions taken to restore compliance
is to achieve a reasonable mix of
prevention and mitigation. The NRC
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
will consider making this clear in
implementing guidance. For these
reasons, the NRC has decided to adopt
the exclusion of future TBS changes
from the backfit rule by retaining the
provisions of proposed §§ 50.46a(m) and
50.109(b)(2) in the revised proposed
rule.
Comment. Proposed §§ 50.109(b)(2)
and 50.46a(d)(5) should not be adopted,
and any changes to the TBS should be
accomplished by rulemaking, and
evaluated under the backfit rule.
Excluding future changes to the TBS
from compliance with the backfit rule
would defeat the goal of regulatory
stability embodied in the backfit rule
and may result in changes that are not
cost-justified.
NRC response. The NRC disagrees
with the comment that the NRC’s three
reasons for excepting TBS changes and
any consequent licensee reanalyses and
changes from the backfit rule do not
address how the objectives of the backfit
rule are met. On the contrary, the NRC’s
first reason (consideration of costs and
benefits in a regulatory analysis) and the
third reason (flexibility may reduce
impacts of changes in the TBS) directly
address the underlying objectives of the
backfit rule. In addition, the second
reason (application of the backfit rule
favors incremental increases in risk) is
relevant to the backfit rule’s ‘‘substantial
increase in protection’’ criterion. A
backfitting standard that limits increases
in protection to public health and safety
or common defense and security to
those which are both substantial and
cost-justified, but ignores (or allows)
incremental decreases in protection
without restriction does not seem to be
a justifiable regulatory approach. Hence,
the NRC believes that adoption of
criteria to control these incremental
decreases is justifiable and appropriate,
even if inconsistent with the objective of
regulatory stability, which is, arguably,
the primary objective of the backfit rule.
Finally, the NRC agrees that the goal
of regulatory stability is not negated by
the fact that a licensee’s decision to
comply with § 50.46a rule would be
optional or voluntary. On the contrary,
the NRC believes that regulatory
stability should be an important factor
in developing a rule. However, the NRC
disagrees with the commenter’s implicit
assertion that, absent consideration
under the backfit rule, regulatory
stability would not be appropriately
considered in any future revisions to the
TBS. As the NRC stated in the statement
of considerations in the proposed rule,
a regulatory analysis would be required
for any revision to the TBS. (See 70 FR
67617–67618.) This regulatory tool
provides an appropriate means of
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
ensuring that regulatory stability is
considered by the NRC when
determining whether to revise the TBS.
Comment. The NRC should not adopt
the backfitting exclusion provision in
§ 50.46a(d), which would require that
any facility changes made necessary by
the maintenance and upgrading of risk
assessments, would not be deemed to be
backfitting.
NRC response. The NRC disagrees
with this comment, which was part of
a broader comment opposing the
proposed rule’s provision excluding
from backfit consideration changes to a
plant and its procedures that are
necessitated by any future TBS changes
mandated by the NRC (see the
immediately-preceding comment
analysis). The commenter did not
provide a separate basis supporting its
position that licensee changes
necessitated by the periodic risk
assessment maintenance and upgrading
(as contrasted with NRC-mandated TBS
changes) should be subject to backfitting
consideration.
The NRC believes that the policy and
regulatory considerations with respect
to backfitting of changes stemming from
future TBS changes are irrelevant to the
policy and regulatory considerations
with respect to backfitting of changes
required to maintain compliance with
updated risk analyses. The NRC regards
plant changes necessitated by periodic
risk assessments under § 50.46a to be
analogous (from a backfitting
standpoint) to the 120-month updating
of inservice inspection (ISI) and
inservice testing (IST) under § 50.55a(f)
and (g). Under those provisions, a
licensee must update its ISI and IST
program every 120 months to the latest
version of the ASME Code in effect 12
months before the beginning of the next
inspection interval. The NRC has stated
that the 120-month updating does not
constitute backfitting, in part because
the regulatory requirement for updating
is known to the operating license
applicant before it receives its license,
which addresses the policy of regulatory
stability and predictability embodied in
the backfit rule. See 69 FR 58804, 58817
(third column) (October 1, 2004); 67 FR
60520, 60536–60537 (September 26,
2002). This logic also applies to the
periodic risk assessment maintenance
and upgrading under § 50.46a(d)(4) and
any necessary licensee actions necessary
to maintain compliance with the
relevant 50.46a acceptance criteria. The
NRC also notes that § 50.46a does not
prescribe any specific manner or
approach for achieving compliance
following the periodic risk assessment
maintenance and upgrading under
§ 50.46a(d)(4); this performance-based
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
approach to regulation affords the
licensee substantial flexibility and gives
the licensee control over how best to
achieve compliance. This further tends
to reduce the impact of § 50.46a(d)(4) on
licensees, which is an implicit objective
of the backfit rule. For these reasons, the
NRC declines to adopt the commenter’s
recommendation.
Comment. The fact that the proposed
rule provides an alternative or voluntary
approach for LOCA analysis does not
negate either the backfit rule itself or the
policy of regulatory stability.
NRC response. The NRC disagrees
with the comment. As discussed
elsewhere in the backfitting discussion,
the backfit rule’s protections apply only
when the NRC is imposing (directly or
indirectly) a change to the activities
authorized by a license; it does not
apply when the NRC is providing a
regulatory approach as an alternative to
compliance with an existing regulatory
requirement. As a general matter, the
regulatory stability and predictability
afforded to a licensee by the backfit rule
applies to the scope of activities
approved by the license. If a licensee
seeks a change to its licensing basis—
which is what a transition to a voluntary
alternative is—the licensee is seeking to
do something that is not within the
scope of activities authorized by its
license. It is the NRC’s view that, in
such a circumstance, the licensee has no
reasonable expectation that the NRC’s
criteria for judging the acceptability of
that proposed change remains the same
as the criteria used by the NRC in
judging the original license application.
Thus, the protections of the backfit rule
do not apply either when a licensee
seeks a voluntary change to its licensing
basis, or when the NRC develops a
voluntary alternative.
Comment. The NRC set forth three
justifications for excepting TBS changes
from backfitting protection: the
consideration of alternatives will occur
in the required regulatory analysis;
application of the backfitting rule
effectively favors increases in risk; and
the flexibility provided by the rule will
tend to reduce the burden of any
changes in the TBS. However, even if
these justifications are true, they do not
address how the objective of the backfit
rule will be met or that this objective
does not apply.
NRC response. The NRC disagrees in
part with this comment. The NRC views
the backfit rule as having three
underlying objectives: regulatory
stability and predictability for a
licensee; reasoned agency
decisionmaking (that NRC’s decision to
impose a backfit is assessed against
rational criteria); and transparency of
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
40019
agency decisionmaking (that the reasons
for the NRC’s determination on the
overall backfiting criteria are publicly
available). The second and third
objectives would be met if the NRC
imposes future TBS changes by
rulemaking (which is by far the most
likely course), inasmuch as such a
rulemaking must include preparation of
a regulatory analysis. A regulatory
analysis which is performed in
accordance with the NRC’s ‘‘Regulatory
Analysis Guidelines’’, NUREG/BR–
0058, Revision 4 (2004), provides for a
disciplined agency decisionmaking
process. The draft regulatory analysis is
published and made available for public
comment as part of the proposed rule.
The final regulatory analysis, which
addresses public comments, is also
made available to the public as part of
the final rulemaking. Hence, the NRC
believes that the backfit rule’s objectives
of reasoned decisionmaking and
transparency of agency decisionmaking
will be satisfied by any rulemaking
changes to the TBS. With respect to the
first objective of the backfit rule, the
NRC recognizes that exclusion of future
changes to the TBS from the backfit rule
could lead to reduced regulatory
stability and predictability because
neither the adequate protection,
compliance, or substantial safety
increase criteria would be binding as
checks against unwarranted agency
action. However, the NRC believes that
this is offset to some extent by two
factors. First, by explicitly excluding
future TBS changes and necessary
changes from the backfit rule, licensees
who choose to adopt § 50.46a are aware
that the NRC may revise the TBS in the
future (the argument here is similar to
the Commission’s determination that
the backfit rule does not apply to
rulemakings endorsing more recent
editions and addenda of the ASME Code
for mandatory use in the 120-month
interval process for ISI and IST in
§§ 50.55a(f) and (g)). Second, the NRC
acknowledges that plant-specific orders
imposing TBS changes would not
necessarily meet all of the backfit rule
objectives. However, the NRC’s internal
process governing the development and
issuance of orders should, at minimum,
result in reasoned decisionmaking.
Moreover, as is the case with
rulemaking changes to the TBS,
regulatory predictability for changes to
the TBS by order is addressed somewhat
by explicitly stating in both §§ 50.109
and 50.46a that the backfit rule does not
apply if a revised TBS is imposed by
order. These provisions provide notice
to licensees considering adoption of
§ 50.46a of the special backfitting
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
40020
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
process under § 50.46a. Licensees
contemplating adoption of § 50.46a may
then factor this limited exclusion from
the backfit rule into their decision
whether to adopt § 50.46a.
Comment. The Commission-proposed
exclusion of TBS changes from
backfitting protection would leave
licensees who voluntarily adopt
§ 50.46a without recourse to a backfit
appeal process.
NRC response. The NRC disagrees
with the comment. Licensees who adopt
§ 50.46a would continue to have access
to the backfitting appeals process with
respect to licensee-claims of backfit for
all matters other than those attributable
to TBS changes.
Further, affected licensees would
have an opportunity to raise concerns
about the cost and expected benefits of
proposed TBS changes, whether the
TBS changes are imposed by rulemaking
or by order. If the TBS were
accomplished through rulemaking, all
licensees would have an opportunity to
comment on the proposed rule,
including the associated regulatory
analysis. By contrast, if the NRC
imposes a TBS change by order, the
affected licensee would have an
opportunity to request a hearing on the
order. During this hearing any issues
could be raised on costs and benefits for
the TBS change as applied to that
licensee. Although these opportunities
do not constitute, strictly speaking, a
backfit appeal process, the NRC believes
that they are the functional equivalent
of a backfit appeal process.
Finally, as noted earlier, it is the
NRC’s expectation that should it
mandate a change in the TBS, that
licensees would have substantial
discretion and flexibility with respect to
how they would address that TBS
change. Accordingly, the NRC sees no
additional benefit from providing a
licensee with a plant-specific backfitting
appeal process related to TBS changes
in addition to the public comment and
hearing opportunities already provided
for by law.
F. Comments on Topics Requested by
the Commission
In the initial proposed rule, the NRC
identified 16 significant topics
associated with the proposal and invited
the public to submit specific comments
on those issues. (See 70 FR 6718—
6719.)
NRC Topic 1. In proposed § 50.46a(b),
the NRC specifically precludes the
application of the § 50.46a alternative
requirements to future reactors.
However, future light water reactors
might benefit from § 50.46a. The NRC
requests specific public comments
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
regarding whether § 50.46a should be
made available to future light water
reactors.
Comments. Framatome commented
that § 50.46a should be available to
nuclear power plants licensed after the
publication of the rule that are of similar
design to the current generation of
operating BWRs and PWRs. Framatome
stated that the advanced LWR designs
previously certified (ABWR, System
80+, AP 600, AP 1000), under design
certification review (ESBWR) and in the
pre-review process (US EPR), all fit into
this category and can realize benefits
from § 50.46a. However, for § 50.46a to
apply to a new design, the NRC must
first make a determination that the
design is substantially similar to
currently operating LWRs. The
applicability to the new design of the
frequency of pipe rupture versus break
size curves used as a basis for
establishing the TBS in § 50.46a must be
established. The WOG stated that future
PWRs and BWRs operating with
materials, pressures and temperatures
similar to operating LWRs should be
able to use § 50.46a because there is no
technical reason that new plants should
have to meet outdated requirements for
which existing plants can opt out. The
BWROG and three other commenters
also stated that § 50.46a should be made
available to future light water reactors.
NRC response. The NRC agrees with
the commenters who stated that there
are no technical reasons which prevent
the new § 50.46a regulations from being
applied to new light water reactor
designs that are similar in nature (with
respect to design and expected LOCA
pipe break frequency) to current
operating reactors. However, it would be
difficult to apply the new regulation to
certified reactor designs which have
already received NRC approval. These
design approvals were completed as
rulemaking activities for the particular
standardized design as of the date of the
application, as amended. Changes may
not be made to these designs unless the
designers choose to resubmit the
designs for reevaluation and reopen the
design approval/rulemaking process to
address § 50.46a. Moreover, it is not
clear that these changes could be made
under the special backfitting criteria in
§ 52.63, because it does not appear that
there is an issue related to adequate
protection, compliance with
requirements in effect at the time of
certification, reduction of unnecessary
burden, providing detailed design
information, correcting material errors
in the certification information,
increasing standardization, or providing
a substantial increase in overall safety,
reliability, or security.
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Three new standardized LWR designs
and one resubmitted LWR design are
now being considered by the NRC.
Although the NRC has not performed a
detailed analysis of these new designs
in the manner done for establishing the
technical basis of this rule for existing
designs, the frequency of large LOCAs at
these facilities could be as low as it is
at current LWRs. Thus, it may be
appropriate to apply the alternative
§ 50.46a requirements to these future
designs. Accordingly, the revised
proposed rule has been modified to
apply to new reactor designs, e.g.
facilities other than those which are
currently licensed to operate.
Applicants for design certification or
combined licenses, holders of combined
licenses under Part 52, or future
licensees of operating new light-water
reactors who wish to apply § 50.46a
must submit an analysis for NRC
approval, demonstrating why it would
be appropriate to apply the alternative
ECCS requirements and what the
appropriate TBS would be for the new
design to meet the intent of § 50.46a.
In its analysis, the applicant, holder,
or licensee must demonstrate that the
proposed reactor facility is similar to
reactors licensed before the effective
date of the rule. In addressing similarity
of the proposed reactor design to current
reactor designs licensed before the
effective date of the rule, the applicant,
holder, or licensee would need to
address design, construction and
fabrication, and operational factors that
include, but are not limited to:
(1) The similarity of the piping
materials of construction and
construction techniques for new
reactors to those in the currently
operating fleet;
(2) The similarity of service
conditions and operational programs
(e.g., in-service inspection and testing,
leak detection, quality assurance etc.)
for new reactors to those for operating
plants;
(3) The similarity of piping design,
e.g. pipe sizes and pipe configuration,
for new reactors to those found in
operating plants;
(4) Adherence to existing regulatory
requirements, regulatory guidance, and
industry programs related to mitigation
and control of age-related degradation
(e.g., aging management, fatigue
monitoring, water chemistry, stress
corrosion cracking mitigation etc.); and
(5) Any plant-specific attributes that
may increase LOCA frequencies
compared to the generic results in
NUREG–1829 and NUREG–1903.
The analysis must also include a
recommendation for an appropriate TBS
and a justification that the
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
recommended TBS is consistent with
the technical basis for this proposed
rule. For new reactor designs that
employ design features that effectively
increase the break size, via opening of
specially designed valves, to rapidly
depressurize the reactor coolant system
during any size loss of coolant accident,
justification of the relevance of a TBS
would be necessary. The methodology
used to determine the proposed TBS
should be described in the justification.
Based on information currently
available, new reactor designs may have
similar piping materials, similar service
conditions and operational programs,
similar piping designs, and similar
mitigation and control of age-related
degradation programs to those found in
currently operating plants. Therefore,
based on information currently
available, the NRC envisions that the
TBS defined in the revised proposed
rule could be applicable to the new
reactor designs.
In addition, a holder of an operating
or combined license for a plant with a
currently approved standard design
could adopt § 50.46a if the design is
demonstrated, by satisfying the five
criteria above, to be similar to the
designs of plants licensed before the
effective date of the rule and the TBS
proposed by the licensee is found
acceptable by the NRC.
In the revised proposed rule language
and elsewhere in this document,
whenever the NRC refers to similarity of
the designs of new reactors to the
designs of current operating reactors,
the NRC intends for ‘‘design’’ to be
broadly interpreted to encompass
design, construction and fabrication,
and operational factors that should be
addressed, at a minimum, by
considering the five similarity factors
indentified above.
NRC Topic 2. The TBS specified by
the NRC in the proposed rule does not
include an adjustment to address the
effects of seismically-induced LOCAs.
NRC is currently performing work to
obtain better estimates of the likelihood
of seismically-induced LOCAs larger
than the TBS. By limiting the extent of
degradation of reactor coolant system
piping, the likelihood of seismicallyinduced LOCAs may not affect the basis
for selecting the proposed TBS.
However, if the results of the ongoing
work indicate that seismic events could
have a significant effect on overall
LOCA frequencies, the NRC may need to
develop a new TBS. To facilitate public
comment on this issue, a report from
this evaluation will be posted on the
NRC rulemaking Web site at https://
ruleforum.llnl.gov before the end of the
comment period. Stakeholders should
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
periodically check the NRC rulemaking
Web site for this information. [The NRC
published the report on December 20,
2005 (70 FR 75501; ML053470439).] The
NRC requests specific public comments
on the effects of pipe degradation on
seismically-induced LOCA frequencies
and the potential for affecting the
selection of the TBS. The NRC also
requests public comments on the results
of the NRC evaluation that will be made
available during the comment period.
NRC response. Comments received on
this topic were previously discussed in
Section IV.B. of this document,
‘‘Comments on Seismic Considerations
Related to the TBS.’’ Because this topic
was identified for public comment in
the initial proposed rule, the NRC
completed and published the study on
the risks associated with seismically
induced LOCAs larger than the TBS
(NUREG–1903, ‘‘Seismic Considerations
for the Transition Break Size’’ February
2008; ML080880140). The NRC
considered the public comments
received on seismic considerations in
the final version of NUREG–1903. As
previously discussed in Section IV.B of
this document, the NRC has concluded
that no adjustment to the TBS is needed
to account for seismically-induced
LOCAs.
NRC Topic 3. Depending on the
outcome of an ongoing NRC study, the
final rule could include requirements
for licensees to perform plant-specific
assessments of seismically-induced pipe
breaks. These assessments would need
to consider piping degradation that
would not be prejudiced by
implementation of the licensee’s
inspection and repair programs. The
assessments would have to demonstrate
that reactor coolant system piping will
withstand earthquakes such that the
seismic contribution to the overall
frequency of pipe breaks larger than the
TBS is insignificant. The NRC requests
specific public comments on this and
any other potential options and
approaches to address this issue.
NRC response. After this topic was
identified, the NRC completed and
published the study on the risks
associated with seismically-induced
LOCAs larger than the TBS (NUREG–
1903, ‘‘Seismic Considerations for the
Transition Break Size’’ February 2008;
ML080880140). Comments received on
this topic were previously addressed in
Section IV.B of this document,
‘‘Comments on Seismic Considerations
Related to the TBS.’’ The NRC has
concluded that applicants wishing to
implement the alternative ECCS
requirements should conduct a plantspecific assessment of the risk
associated with seismically-induced
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
40021
failures of flawed piping. The NRC is
currently preparing guidance for
conducting these plant-specific
assessments (‘‘Plant-Specific
Applicability of 10 CFR 50.46 Technical
Basis’’ February 2009; ML090350757).
NRC Topic 4. The ACRS noted that ‘‘a
better quantitative understanding of the
possible benefits of a smaller break size
is needed before finalizing the selection
of the transition break size.’’ The TBS to
be included in the final rule should be
selected to maximize the potential
safety improvements. Thus, the NRC is
soliciting comments on the relationship
between the size of the TBS and
potential safety improvements that
might be made possible by reducing the
maximum design-basis accident break
size.
NRC response. No comments were
received which specifically addressed
the relationship between the size of the
TBS and potential safety improvements
that might be made possible by reducing
the maximum design-basis accident
break size. However, the WOG stated,
‘‘It is not appropriate to set the TBS on
the basis of where the most benefit is,
as this may change tomorrow and there
will be no easy recourse.’’ This
comment and other related issues were
previously discussed in Section III.A of
this document, ‘‘Comments on Selection
of the TBS’’. The NRC made no changes
to the size of the TBS in the revised
proposed rule.
NRC Topic 5. Proposed § 50.46a
includes an integrated, risk-informed
change process to allow for changes to
the facility following reanalysis of
beyond design basis LOCAs larger than
the TBS. However, because the current
regulations in 10 CFR part 50 already
have requirements addressing changes
to the facility (§§ 50.59 and 50.90), it
might be more efficient to include the
integrated, risk-informed change (RISP)
requirements for plants that use § 50.46a
under these existing change processes.
The NRC solicits specific public
comments on whether to revise existing
§§ 50.59 and 50.90 to accommodate the
requirements for making facility
changes under § 50.46a.
Comments. Three commenters
responded directly to this question. One
stated that §§ 50.59 and 50.90 should
not be revised to accommodate the
requirements for making plant changes
under § 50.46a. Another stated that
§ 50.59 requirements could be
augmented to address the risk
evaluations but that the augmentation
was not necessary. The third commenter
stated that §§ 50.59 and 50.90 should
contain change requirements for
§ 50.46a but that these requirements
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
40022
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
should not be the RISP requirements
included in the proposed rule.
NRC response. The NRC is not
changing §§ 50.59 and 50.90 to include
integrated, risk-informed change
requirements. The NRC has modified
the risk-informed change control
process to apply only to facility changes
made under the rule, i.e., facility
changes enabled by the rule as well as
other facility changes unrelated to the
rule but bundled together by the
licensee for estimating the change in
risk. Other facility changes would be
unrelated insofar as the basis of the
changes and NRC approval, when
necessary, will rely on regulations,
guidelines, or facility priorities that do
not depend on the new TBS. The NRC
changed the process to more closely
follow the process described in RG
1.174, which has been used successfully
for a wide variety of risk-informed
applications. The NRC has concluded
that this risk-informed change control
process can be used to successfully and
safely implement facility changes
enabled by the new TBS LOCA in the
§ 50.46a final rule.
NRC Topic 6. The proposed rule
would rely on risk information. The
NRC has included specifically
applicable PRA quality and scope
requirements in the proposed rule.
However, there are other NRC
regulations that also rely on risk
information (e.g. the maintenance rule
in § 50.65 and § 50.69 pertaining to
alternative special treatment
requirements). Consistent with the
Commission policy on a phased
approach to PRA quality, it might be
more efficient and effective to describe
PRA requirements (e.g., contents, scope,
reporting, changes, etc.) in one location
in the regulations so that the PRA
requirements would be consistent
among all regulations. The NRC is
seeking specific public comments on
whether it would be better to
consolidate all PRA requirements into a
single location in the regulations so that
they were consistent for all applications
or to locate them separately with the
specific regulatory applications that
they support.
Comments. Five commenters
recommended that it would be
preferable to collect all PRA
requirements in a single location in the
regulations, but they all also stated that
it would be premature to use the
§ 50.46a rulemaking to combine PRA
requirements at the present time. Some
commenters argued that different
applications have different requirements
for the supporting PRA analyses and
cautioned that PRA requirements
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
should not be based on the most
demanding application.
NRC response. The NRC takes note of
the recommendation that PRA
requirements be eventually collected
into a single location in the regulations.
The NRC agrees that the § 50.46a
rulemaking is not the appropriate
vehicle to achieve this regulatory
change. The NRC will include PRA
requirements adequate to support this
rulemaking in the § 50.46a rule. After
the NRC develops broad-based PRA
requirements suitable for use on a
generic basis in different applications,
the NRC will be able to codify these
generic PRA requirements in a single
regulatory location and could remove
the § 50.46a specific PRA requirements
(or limit them to existing licensees
approved under § 50.46a to avoid
backfitting).
NRC Topic 7. Proposed § 50.46a
would include the requirement that all
allowable at-power operating
configurations be included in the
analysis of LOCAs larger than the TBS
and demonstrated to meet the ECCS
acceptance criteria. Historically,
operational restrictions have not been
contained in § 50.46 but were controlled
through other requirements (e.g.,
technical specifications and
maintenance rule requirements). It
might be more practical to control the
availability of equipment credited in the
beyond design-basis LOCA analyses in a
manner more consistent with other
operational restrictions. As a result, the
NRC is soliciting public comments on
the most effective means for
implementing appropriate operational
restrictions and controlling equipment
availability to ensure that ECCS
acceptance criteria are continually met
for beyond design-basis LOCAs.
Comment. As previously discussed,
all commenters stated that the NRC
should not include the operational
restriction that all allowable at-power
operating configurations be
demonstrated to meet the ECCS
acceptance criteria. Several commenters
proposed alternatives ranging from
placing limits that might be required in
licensee-controlled documentation to
eliminating all operational restrictions
associated with breaks greater than the
TBS. Most commenters stated that
operational restrictions negated the
relief from the requirement to assume
the worst single failure during the
evaluation of beyond TBS breaks.
NRC response. As discussed in
Section III.D of this document, the NRC
has decided that operational restrictions
must be retained if it cannot be
demonstrated in the analysis of LOCAs
larger that the TBS that the ECCS
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
acceptance criteria are met, but the
restrictions would be reduced. The
proposed rule prohibited at-power
operation in a configuration without the
demonstrated ability to mitigate a LOCA
larger than the TBS. The revised
proposed rule would require that atpower operation in such a configuration
shall not exceed a total of fourteen days
in any 12-month period. The NRC
believes that this change will satisfy the
Commission’s intention that mitigative
capability be maintained for all breaks
up to the double-ended rupture of the
largest reactor coolant pipe and still
allow a reasonable amount of time for
licensees to make corrective actions
needed to restore the plant to a fully
analyzed configuration.
NRC Topic 8. Given the Commission’s
intent (see SRM for SECY–04–0037) that
facility changes made possible by this
proposed rule should be constrained in
areas where the current design
requirements ‘‘contribute significantly
to the ‘built-in capability’ of the plant to
resist security threats,’’ the NRC seeks
examples on either side of this
threshold (facility changes allowed
versus facility changes prohibited), and
additionally any examples of facility
changes made possible by § 50.46a that
could enhance plant security and
defense against radiological sabotage or
attack. The NRC also solicits comments
on whether the proposed § 50.46a rule
should explicitly include a requirement
to maintain plant security when making
facility changes under § 50.46a or
otherwise rely on a separate rulemaking
now being considered by the NRC to
more globally address safety and
security requirements when making
facility changes under §§ 50.59 and
50.90. Any examples of facility changes
that involve safeguards information
should be marked and submitted using
the appropriate procedures.
Comments. On the first question
regarding examples of facility changes
that should or should not be constrained
in areas where the current design
requirements ‘‘contribute significantly
to the ‘built-in capability’ of the plant to
resist security threats,’’ NEI said that the
proposed rule would not enable facility
changes that reduce plant safety margins
as well as the capacity to deal with
security threats. NEI stated that the
opposite is true because the proposed
rule would increase the safety focus on
risk-significant events and mitigating
equipment, and improve the reliability
and availability of this equipment by
removing excessive conservatism from
the design basis.
On the second question as to whether
the § 50.46a rule should contain a
security requirement, NEI said that
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
existing change control requirements in
the regulations preclude significant
reductions in safety or security. The
BWROG supported the NEI position on
this issue. The WOG stated that the
security-related aspects of facility
changes that might be enabled by this
rule change should be addressed in the
evaluation of those specific facility
changes. The WOG also stated that the
changes to § 50.46a should not be tied
to security issues. Making a ‘‘security
connection’’ to this proposed
amendment would introduce needless
complications and be
counterproductive. Issues related to
preserving ‘‘built-in capability’’ of the
plant to resist threats should be
addressed centrally in a single location
within the regulations. Maintaining all
requirements related to security in one
place, either in the regulations or in
Commission policy, is the most
appropriate way to avoid conflicting
information and enhance the ease of
change. Progress Energy stated that
consideration for security concerns
should be included in the consideration
of safety concerns to avoid possible
negative effects caused by these
sometimes competing objectives.
However, to simplify the processes and
maintain consistency, the safety and
security interface should be addressed
globally by a separate rulemaking.
NRC response. The NRC agrees with
commenters that security requirements
should be addressed by regulations
separate from those in § 50.46a. The
NRC is not adding security requirements
to proposed § 50.46a. Security
requirements will continue to be
addressed by overall security
requirements located elsewhere in the
regulations. Specifically, 10 CFR 73.58,
‘‘Safety/security Interface Requirements
for Nuclear Power Reactors’’ of the new
Power Reactor Security Rule (74 FR
13926; March 27, 2009), requires
licensees to communicate plans for
proposed plant changes that could
impact plant security to security
personnel who are qualified to analyze
and identify potentially adverse impacts
that the changes may have on safety
and/or security programs. After security
personnel analyze the changes for
potential impacts, the regulation
requires the licensee to take appropriate
actions to mitigate the security impacts.
NRC Topic 9. Given the potential
impact to the licensee (because the
backfit rule would not apply) of the
NRC’s periodic re-evaluation of
estimated LOCA frequencies which
could cause the NRC to increase the
TBS, should the proposed rule require
licensees to maintain the capability to
bring the plant into compliance with an
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
increased transition break size (TBS),
within a reasonable period of time?
Comments. NEI, the BWROG, and the
WOG commented that licensees should
be provided with a great deal of latitude
on achieving compliance following any
change in the TBS, with the goal being
that risk requirements are achieved with
a reasonable mix of prevention and
mitigation.
NRC response. The NRC agrees with
commenters that the § 50.46a rule
should provide licensees with
substantial flexibility to determine how
they will come back into compliance
with applicable regulatory requirements
following any future change in the TBS.
Licensees who must take actions to
come back into compliance need not
return the plant to the precise
conditions and circumstances in effect
immediately before implementation of
§ 50.46a. Rather, licensees would be
afforded the flexibility of deciding what
actions they will implement to bring
about compliance under any revised
TBS. Further, as one of the commenters
suggests, the overall goal of any actions
taken to restore compliance is to achieve
a reasonable mix of prevention and
mitigation.
NRC Topic 10. Is the proposed rule
sufficiently clear as to be ‘‘inspectable?’’
That is, does the rule language lend
itself to timely and objective NRC
conclusions regarding whether or not a
licensee is in compliance with the rule,
given all the facts? In particular, are the
proposed requirements for PRA quality
sufficient in this regard?
Comment. On the question of whether
the proposed rule is clear enough to be
inspectable, NEI was particularly
concerned that the operational
restrictions would conflict with the
existing technical specifications. The
BWROG supported the NEI position on
this topic.
NRC response. To reduce potential
conflict between plant technical
specifications and the operability
requirements in § 50.46a, the NRC has
also modified operability requirements
to allow limited operation (for no more
than a total of fourteen days in any 12month period) in configurations where
mitigation of LOCAs larger that the TBS
has not been demonstrated. A detailed
discussion on the basis for this new
provision is provided below in Section
V.F of this document, Operational
Requirements.
Comment. NEI stated that the rule
would be difficult to inspect because it
overlaps so many existing regulatory
requirements. The WOG stated that the
risk-informed aspects of the proposed
rule, including the PRA quality
requirements, should rely on the
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
40023
guidance of RG 1.174 and RG 1.200. The
WOG stated that proposed § 50.46a
should require no more ‘‘inspectability’’
than any other performance-based riskinformed application. Another
commenter stated that the NRC should
clarify certain aspects of the proposed
rule and that the rule appropriately
includes language like ‘‘reasonable
balance’’ that requires a knowledgeable
individual to exercise judgment which
should be informed by appropriate
regulatory guidance documents.
NRC response. The NRC has modified
the proposed rule to provide greater
operational flexibility and reduce the
potential for conflict with plant
technical specification requirements
that might cause ‘‘inspectability’’
problems. Although the WOG stated
that the proposed rule would not have
inspectability problems if it relied on
the guidance in RG 1.174 and RG 1.200,
the NRC notes that inspectors may not
inspect licensees for compliance with
regulatory guides because these guides
are not regulatory requirements. The
NRC has incorporated the important
aspects of RG 1.174 and PRA quality
guidance into the revised proposed rule
itself so that inspectors would have a
clear indication of the § 50.46a
requirements. Specific inspection
guidance will be developed as necessary
after the final rule is published.
NRC Topic 11. Proposed § 50.46a
would impose no limitations on
‘‘bundling’’ of different facility changes
together in a single application. Facility
changes which would increase plant
risk substantially or create risk outliers
could be grouped with other facility
changes which would reduce risk so
that the net change would meet the risk
acceptance criteria. Are the net change
in risk acceptance criteria in the
proposed rule adequate or should some
additional limitations be imposed to
avoid allowing facility changes which
are known to increase plant risk?
Comments. Several commenters said
that ‘‘bundling’’ is essential for meeting
the objectives of this proposed rule
which concerns overall plant risk.
Bundling provides licensee management
with the necessary flexibility to
reallocate resources for implementation
of the alternative requirements. The RG
1.174 criteria related to bundling
(combined change request in RG 1.174)
are sufficient and no additional criteria
or restrictions on bundling should be
imposed by this proposed rule.
NRC response. The NRC agrees that
bundling of facility changes is desirable
because it appropriately permits
licensees to credit risk beneficial facility
changes and encourages licensees to
identify and implement facility changes
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
40024
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
that decrease risk. The NRC also agrees
that the guidelines on combined
changes in RG 1.174 are sufficient to
avoid facility changes which would
unacceptably increase plant risk.
NRC Topic 12. Is there an alternative
to tracking the cumulative risk increases
associated with facility changes made
after implementing § 50.46a that is
sufficient to provide reasonable
assurance of protection to public health
and safety and common defense and
security?
Comments. Four of the commenters
who responded to the question stated
that tracking cumulative risk increases
was reasonable but they appeared to
define cumulative tracking differently
than as specified in the requirements of
the proposed rule. NEI, whose
comments were generally endorsed by
most of the 12 commenters,
recommended rule text stating ‘‘[t]he
licensee shall periodically assess the
cumulative effect of changes to the plant
design configuration and update as
necessary, the PRA and other risk
analyses.’’ After discussing this
proposed text at the June 28, 2006,
public meeting, the NRC determined
that the recommendation equated
tracking cumulative risk increases with
periodically updating the PRA and
estimating the latest core damage
frequency (CDF) and large early release
frequency (LERF) using the updated
PRA. NEI intended for these latest risk
estimates themselves to represent the
assessment of the cumulative increase.
However, the proposed rule required
that some previous estimates of CDF
and LERF be subtracted from the latest
estimates to obtain the amount by which
the CDF and LERF has increased. One
of the four commenters added that
tracking the cumulative risk increase (as
intended by the NRC in the proposed
rule) was not necessary because the
threshold for risk increase is low
enough so that the cumulative effect is
not significant. A fifth commenter
argued that tracking cumulative risk
should not be required by the rule
because compliance with the guidance
in RG 1.174 should be sufficient to
ensure that cumulative risk does not
impact the health and safety of the
public.
NRC response. The NRC has retained
the requirement to track the total risk
increases in CDF and LERF made under
the proposed rule and has retained the
definition of risk ‘‘increase’’ as being the
amount by which risk increases. RG
1.174 provides guidance on judging the
acceptability of proposed facility
changes based primarily on the amount
by which the facility changes increase
CDF and LERF. The NRC has clarified
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
what it has concluded must be tracked
in § 50.46a(f)(2)(iv) utilizing the
requirement for tracking the cumulative
effect on risk of changes made under the
NFPA–805 standard which was
incorporated by reference into § 50.48(c)
(see, 69 FR 33536; June 16, 2004). By
utilizing the same language in both
rules, the NRC intends that the
implementation of both rules would be
consistent.
The NRC has concluded that the
alternative proposed by the commenters
(i.e. to track cumulative risk by simply
updating the PRA) is not acceptable
because the latest estimates of CDF and
LERF alone provide insufficient
information to be used in the riskinformed framework contained in RG
1.174. Two other commenters argued
that risk tracking is not needed because
controls external to proposed § 50.46a
(e.g., in RG 1.174) would ensure that the
cumulative effect would not be
significant. The commenters provided
no basis for their assertions that controls
external to the rule would keep
increases in risk small enough to ensure
protection of public health and safety.
RG 1.174 does discuss tracking changes
in cumulative risk, but regulatory guides
are not enforceable requirements. The
NRC has determined that it is necessary
to establish a regulatory requirement to
track the cumulative risk increases from
all changes made under this proposed
rule. The NRC continues to believe that
risk tracking as described in the
proposed rule is needed to ensure that
facility changes permitted by the revised
ECCS analyses under § 50.46a do not
result in greater increases in risk than
were intended by the Commission.
NRC Topic 13. The NRC requested
specific public comments on the
acceptability of applying the change in
risk acceptance guidelines in RG 1.174
to the total cumulative change in risk
from all changes in the plant after
adoption of § 50.46a. Should other risk
guidelines be used and, if so, what
guidelines should be used?
Comments. As discussed, four
commenters proposed tracking
cumulative risk increases by
periodically updating the PRA,
estimating the latest CDF and LERF
using the updated PRA, and equating
these latest estimates with tracking the
cumulative risk increase. Applying this
definition for tracking cumulative risk
increase, these commenters concluded
that the change in risk acceptance
guidelines should not be applied to the
total cumulative change in risk which
would not, under their proposals, be
estimated.
In general, most commenters’ either
explicitly or implicitly recommended
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
that the rule should not include the
acceptance criteria that ‘‘the total
increases in CDF and LERF should be
small and the overall risk should remain
small.’’ Proposals for alternatives varied.
NEI’s proposed rule text did not include
acceptance criteria related to increases
in CDF and LERF. Instead, NEI
proposed requiring the licensee to
report the results of the updated PRA
and other risk analyses to the NRC. One
commenter argued that for facility
changes enabled by the new § 50.46a,
compliance with RG 1.174 should be
sufficient. Two commenters stated that
risk tracking accomplished by updating
the PRA and estimating the latest CDF
and LERF can be used to ensure that the
total risk as well as the risk from
specific initiators or classes of accidents
is not increasing.
NRC response. The NRC has retained
the requirement in the revised proposed
rule that the total change in risk from
facility changes, measured as the
amount by which CDF and LERF (or
LRF for new reactors) increase, be
tracked and compared to the RG 1.174
acceptance criteria. However, the NRC
has reduced the scope of facility
changes that must be tracked from all
changes to only those changes made to
the plant under § 50.46a.
Implementation of all RG 1.174
guidelines can only be achieved using a
process that includes an estimate of the
cumulative change in risk. Also,
consistent with the Commission’s
direction in the SRM for SECY–07–
0082, the NRC has reduced the size of
an acceptable risk increase from ‘‘small’’
to ‘‘very small’’. The revised proposed
rule would continue to use the
quantitative guidelines in RG 1.174.
NEI’s proposal for reporting the latest
estimates of CDF and LERF to the NRC
after each periodic assessment would
not be useful because the NRC has no
criteria for determining which CDF and
LERF values would be acceptable. It
would be a lengthy process to establish
such acceptance criteria. Lack of
acceptance criteria against which the
latest CDF and LERF can be compared
will result in different stakeholders
applying different criteria to judge the
acceptability of the results most likely
leading to different conclusions.
The NRC believes that the two
comments proposing that the total CDF
as well as the CDF from specific
initiators or class of accidents could be
tracked to ensure that risk from these
scenarios is not increasing would satisfy
the requirement that the total increase
in risk remains very small provided that
the appropriate initiators or class of
accident is identified (and including
LERF or LRF). The commenters did not
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
appear to be proposing that such a
constraint be included in the rule,
instead they were only making
observations on what would be possible.
Nevertheless, in an SRM on August 10,
2007, the Commission concluded that
only a very small increase in risk is
acceptable when implemented
according to the requirements in this
rule. Requiring that there be no risk
increase, as hypothesized by the
commenters, is more restrictive than the
criteria in the revised proposed rule.
Although the revised proposed rule
would permit licensees to make plant
changes that result in very small risk
increases, the NRC requests stakeholder
comments on whether any increase in
risk should be allowed. Instead of the
risk acceptance criteria allowing very
small risk increases, should the
acceptance criteria in the final rule
require that the net effect of plant
changes made under § 50.46a be risk
neutral or risk beneficial? The NRC
requests stakeholders to provide
comments on the use of risk acceptance
criteria that would not allow a
cumulative increase in risk for plant
changes made under § 50.46a.
NRC Topic 14. After approval to
implement § 50.46a, the proposed rule
would require tracking risk associated
with all proposed facility changes but
would not require a licensee to include
risk increases caused by previous riskinformed facility changes that were
implemented before § 50.46a was
adopted. Licensees who adopt § 50.46a
before implementing other riskinformed applications would have a
smaller risk increase ‘‘available’’
compared to licensees who have already
incorporated some risk-informed facility
changes into their overall plant risk
before adopting § 50.46a. The NRC
requests specific public comments on
whether this potential inconsistency
should be addressed and, if so, how?
Comments. Three commenters stated
that these potential inconsistencies in
acceptable risk increases should be
addressed by deleting the requirement
that the cumulative risk increase be
tracked and compared to the RG 1.174
acceptance guidelines. The commenters
argued that licensees and the NRC have
effectively managed incremental risk
without the need for this structure and
that any facility changes that seek to
apply the revised design bases should
be evaluated using the same methods
proven effective in the past. A fourth
commenter agreed with the others but
proposed that inconsistencies among
licensees created by the order of
implementing risk-informed
applications could be resolved by
allowing a licensee to reestablish the
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
baseline and removing some facility
changes from tracking.
NRC response. The NRC is proposing
additional changes in the revised
proposed rule that would make this
topic moot. The proposed rule would
have required tracking total risk from all
facility changes. This requirement
reflected a difficulty uniquely
associated with comparing the total risk
increases from all facility changes to the
acceptance criteria. The revised
proposed rule would only require that
facility changes made under the rule be
tracked. Other risk-informed facility
changes referred to in Topic 14 would
no longer be included in this change in
risk estimate and therefore, the
acceptability of those facility changes
will be independent of facility changes
made under this rule (aside from the
indirect affect these facility changes
have on the plant’s risk profile).
NRC Topic 15. Proposed § 50.46a
would require licensees to report every
24 months all ‘‘minimal’’ risk facility
changes made under § 50.46a(f)(1)
without NRC review. Are there less
burdensome or more effective ways of
ensuring that the cumulative impact of
an unbounded number of ‘‘minimal’’
changes remains inconsequential?
Comments. Several commenters
stated that the § 50.46a(g)(3) report
summarizing minimal risk changes
every 24 months is redundant to reports
required under § 50.59(d)(2) as well as
§ 50.71(e). Thus, § 50.46a(g)(3) should
be deleted. The requirement needlessly
focuses licensee and NRC resources
directly on a large set of information
that by its very definition has no safety
or risk significance.
NRC response. The NRC agrees with
the commenters that the reporting
requirements in proposed § 50.46a(g)(3)
could be redundant to other reporting
requirements for some facility changes
because some changes made under the
new rule might be reportable under both
§ 50.59 and § 50.46a(g)(3). The NRC has
determined that breaks larger than the
TBS should be removed from the design
basis event category. Therefore, the NRC
believes that some facility changes that
may be made under the new rule would
no longer be reportable under § 50.59
because the change would no longer
affect design basis events. The NRC is
proposing to reduce the scope of facility
changes that need to be evaluated under
the new provision, from all changes
made to the facility after adoption of the
rule to only facility changes that are
made under the new rule. This change
would reduce the number of potentially
redundant reports.
To avoid the possibility that
potentially risk-significant changes are
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
40025
not reported, the NRC has concluded
that all facility changes made under the
new rule should be reported because the
NRC will rely on the risk evaluation to
prevent facility changes that might not
be protective of public health and
safety. Therefore, the NRC has retained
the reporting requirements in
§ 50.46a(g)(3) because these
requirements would ensure the
reporting of all potentially risksignificant facility changes made under
the proposed rule.
NRC Topic 16. Should the § 50.46a
rule itself include high-level criteria and
requirements for the risk evaluation
process and acceptance criteria
described in RG 1.174? If these criteria
were included in the regulatory guide
only, and not in § 50.46a, how could the
NRC take enforcement action for
licensees who failed to meet the
acceptance criteria?
Comments. Four commenters stated
that proposed § 50.46a rule should not
contain the high-level criteria and
requirements for the risk evaluation
process and acceptance criteria
described in RG 1.174. These
commenters did not specifically
propose how the NRC could take
enforcement action to ensure
compliance with the criteria, but instead
asserted that regulatory guidance
documents and inspection guidelines
are the appropriate places for the risk
acceptance criteria.
NRC response. The NRC does not
agree with the commenters. The
proposed rule would have to contain
high-level requirements for the risk
evaluation and acceptance criteria to
establish the legally enforceable
alternative regulatory requirements
needed to ensure adequate protection of
public health and safety in a manner
which maximizes regulatory
predictability and stability. The NRC
believes that proposed § 50.46a should
build upon NRC and industry
experience with the key principles of
risk-informed decision making set forth
in RG 1.174, but notes that RG 1.174
only contains guidance, not
requirements. To be enforceable,
proposed § 50.46a must contain and
does contain high-level requirements
relating to risk, defense-in-depth, safety
margins, risk, and performance
measurement. Specific, detailed
guidance on how to meet the high-level
requirements will be set forth in
regulatory guidance and inspection
guidelines, as appropriate.
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
40026
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
V. Revised Proposed Rule
A. Overview
The NRC’s revised proposed rule
would establish an alternative set of
risk-informed requirements with which
licensees may choose to comply in lieu
of meeting the current emergency core
cooling system requirements in 10 CFR
50.46. Using the alternative ECCS
requirements would provide some
licensees with opportunities to change
other aspects of facility design.
As was the case in the initial
proposed rule, the revised proposed rule
divides the current spectrum of LOCA
break sizes into two regions. The
division between the two regions is
delineated by the TBS. The first region
includes small size breaks up to and
including the TBS. The second region
includes breaks larger than the TBS up
to and including the DEGB of the largest
RCS pipe. Break area for the TBS is not
based on a double-ended offset break.
Rather, it is based on the inside area of
a single-sided circular pipe break. Pipe
breaks in the smaller break size region
are considered more likely than pipe
breaks in the larger break size region.
Consequently, each break size region
will be subject to different ECCS
requirements, commensurate with
likelihood of the break. LOCAs in the
smaller break size region must be
analyzed by the same conservative
methods, assumptions, and criteria
currently used for LOCA analysis.
Accidents in the larger break size region
may be analyzed using more realistic
methods and assumptions based on
their lower likelihood. Although LOCAs
for break sizes larger than the transition
break would become ‘‘beyond designbasis accidents,’’ the revised proposed
rule would require that licensees
maintain the ability to mitigate all
LOCAs up to and including the DEGB
of the largest RCS pipe. However,
mitigation analyses for LOCAs larger
than the TBS need not assume the lossof-offsite power or the occurrence of a
single failure.
Licensees who perform LOCA
analyses using the risk-informed
alternative requirements may find that
their plant designs are no longer limited
by certain parameters associated with
previous DEGB analyses. Reducing the
DEGB limitations could enable licensees
to propose a wide scope of design or
operational changes up to the point of
being limited by some other parameter
associated with any of the other
required accident analyses. Potential
design changes include modification of
containment spray designs, modifying
core peaking factors, modifying
setpoints on accumulators or removing
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
some from service, eliminating fast
starting of one or more emergency diesel
generators, and increasing power, etc.
Some of these design and operational
changes could increase plant safety
because a licensee could modify its
systems to better mitigate the more
likely LOCAs. Other changes, such as
increasing power, could increase overall
risk to the public. The risk-informed
§ 50.46a option would include risk
acceptance criteria for evaluating future
design changes to ensure that any risk
increases are acceptably small. These
acceptance criteria would be consistent
with the guidelines for risk-informed
license amendments in RG 1.174 and
would ensure both the acceptability of
the changes from a risk perspective and
the maintenance of sufficient defensein-depth, safety margins, and
performance monitoring. The
requirements for the risk-informed
evaluation process are discussed in
detail in Section V.E of this document.
The NRC will periodically evaluate
LOCA frequency information. Should
estimated LOCA frequencies increase
causing a significant increase in the risk
associated with breaks larger than the
TBS, the NRC would undertake
rulemaking (or issue orders, if
appropriate) to change the TBS. In such
a case, the backfit rule (10 CFR 50.109)
will not apply. If previous plant changes
are invalidated because of a change to
the TBS, licensees would have to
modify or restore components or
systems as necessary so that the facility
would continue to comply with § 50.46a
acceptance criteria. The backfit rule (10
CFR 50.109) also would not apply in
these cases.
Changes consist of a new § 50.46a and
conforming changes to existing §§ 50.34,
50.46, 50.46a (redesignated as § 50.46b),
50.109, 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A,
General Design Criteria 17, 35, 38, 41,
44 and 50, and §§ 52.47, 52.79, 52.137,
and 52.157.
B. Determination of the Transition
Break Size
To help establish the TBS, the NRC
developed pipe break frequencies as a
function of break size using an expert
opinion elicitation process for
degradation-related pipe breaks in
typical BWR and PWR reactor coolant
systems (NUREG–1829; ‘‘Estimating
Loss-of-Coolant Accident (LOCA)
Frequencies through the Elicitation
Process’’ March 2008; ML082250436).
The elicitation process is used for
quantifying phenomenological
knowledge when data or modeling
approaches are insufficient. The
elicitation focused solely on
determining event frequencies that
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
initiate unisolable primary system side
failures related to material degradation.
A baseline TBS was established from
the expert elicitation results for each
reactor type (i.e., PWR and BWR) that
corresponded to a break frequency of
once per 100,000 reactor years (1 × 10¥5
or 10¥5 per reactor year). The NRC then
considered uncertainty in the elicitation
process, other potential mechanisms
that could cause passive component
failure that were not explicitly
considered in the expert elicitation
process, and the higher susceptibility to
rupture/failure of specific locations in
the reactor coolant system (RCS);
adjusting the TBS upwards to account
for these factors. Other mechanisms that
contribute to the overall LOCA
frequency include LOCAs resulting from
failures of non-passive components and
LOCAs resulting from low probability
events (earthquakes of magnitude larger
than the safe shutdown earthquake and
dropped heavy loads). These LOCAs
have a strong dependency on plantspecific factors.
LOCAs caused by failure of nonpassive components, such as stuck-open
valves and blown out seals or gaskets
have a greater frequency of occurrence
than LOCAs resulting from the failure of
passive components. LOCAs resulting
from the failure of non-passive
components would be small-break
LOCAs, when considering the size of
the opening that could result should
components fail open or blow out (e.g.,
safety valves, pump seals). LOCAs
resulting from stuck-open valves are
limited by the size of the auxiliary pipe.
In some PWRs, there are large loop
isolation valves in the hot and cold leg
piping. However, a complete failure of
the valve stem packing is not expected
to result in a large flow area, because the
valves are back-seated in the open
configuration. Based on these
considerations, non-passive LOCAs are
relatively small in size and are bounded
by the selected TBS.
LOCAs could also be caused by
dropping heavy loads that could cause
a breach of the RCS piping. During
power operation, personnel entry into
the containment is typically infrequent
and of short duration. The lifting of
heavy loads that if dropped would have
the potential to cause a LOCA or
damage safety-related equipment is
typically performed while the plant is
shutdown. The majority of heavy loads
are lifted during refueling evolutions
when the primary system is
depressurized, further reducing the risk
of a LOCA and a loss of core cooling. If
loads are lifted during power operation,
they would not be loads similar to the
heavy loads lifted during plant
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
shutdown, e.g., vessel heads and reactor
internals. In addition, the RCS is
inherently protected by surrounding
concrete walls, floors, missile shields,
and biological shielding. Thus, the
contribution of heavy load drops to
overall LOCA frequency is not
considered to be significant and would
not affect the TBS.
Seismically-induced LOCA break
frequencies can vary greatly from plant
to plant because of factors such as site
seismicity, seismic design
considerations, and plant-specific
layout and spatial configurations.
Seismic break frequencies are also
affected by the amount of pipe
degradation occurring prior to
postulated seismic events. Seismic PRA
insights have been accumulated from
the NRC Seismic Safety Margins
Research Program and the Individual
Plant Examination of External Events
submittals. Based on these studies,
piping and other passive RCS
components generally exhibit high
seismic capacities and, therefore, are not
significant risk contributors. However,
these studies did not explicitly consider
the effect of degraded component
performance on the risk contributions.
Therefore, the NRC conducted a study
to evaluate the seismic performance of
undegraded and degraded passive
system components (NUREG–1903,
‘‘Seismic Considerations for the
Transition Break Size,’’ February 2008;
ML080880140). This effort examined
operating experience, seismic PRA
insights, and models to evaluate the
failure likelihood of undegraded and
degraded piping. The operating
experience review considered passive
component failures that have occurred
as a result of strong motion earthquakes
in nuclear and fossil power plants as
well as other industrial facilities. No
catastrophic failures of large pipes
resulting from earthquakes between 0.2g
and 0.5g peak ground acceleration have
occurred in power plants. However,
piping degradation could increase the
LOCA frequency associated with
seismically-induced piping failures. The
NUREG–1903 report evaluated seismic
loadings on degraded piping and
concluded that a very large, pre-existing
crack on the order of 30 percent
through-wall and 145 degrees around
the piping circumference would have to
be present during a 10¥5 or 10¥6 per
year earthquake in order for pipe failure
to occur. The NRC concluded that the
likelihood of flaws large enough to fail
during a seismic event is sufficiently
low that the TBS need not be modified
to address seismically-induced direct
piping failures. In reaching its
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
conclusion, the NRC considered the
comments received as well as historical
information related to piping
degradation and the potential for the
presence of cracks sufficiently large that
pipe failure would be expected under
loads associated with rare (10¥5 per
year) earthquakes.
Indirect failures are primary system
ruptures that are a consequence of
failures in nonprimary system
components or structural support
failures (such as a steam generator
support). Structural support failures
could then cause displacements in
components that stress and in turn, fail
the piping. The NRC performed studies
on two plants to estimate the
conditional pipe failure probability due
to structural support failure given a low
return frequency earthquake (10¥5 to
10¥6 per year). The results indicated
that the conditional probability was on
the order of 0.1. These studies used
seismic hazard curves from NUREG–
1488 (NUREG–1488, ‘‘Revised
Livermore Seismic Hazard Estimates for
Sixty-Nine Nuclear Power Plant Sites
East of the Rocky Mountains, April
1994; ML052640591). More recent
studies were completed by EPRI on
three plants using updated seismic
hazard estimates. The updated seismic
hazard increases the peak ground
acceleration at some sites. The highest
pipe failure probability calculated for
the three plants in the industry analyses
was 6 × 10¥6 per year. The NRC noted
in its report that indirect failure
analyses are highly plant-specific.
Therefore, it is possible that example
plants assessed in the NRC and EPRI
analyses are not limiting for all plants.
The NRC has considered the
importance of indirect failures on the
selection of the TBS. For the cases
considered in both the EPRI and NRC
studies, the likelihood of indirectly
induced piping failures resulting from
major component support failures is less
than 10¥5 per reactor year, the
frequency criterion used to select the
TBS. Also, as noted in the public
comments, the median seismic
capacities for both the primary piping
system and primary system components
are typically higher than other safety
related components within the nuclear
power plant. Because of these relative
capacities, it is expected that a seismic
event of sufficient magnitude to cause
consequential failure within the primary
system would also induce failure of
components in multiple trains of
mitigation systems, or even induce
multiple RCS pipe breaks.
Consequently, the risk contribution
from seismically induced indirect
failures is expected to depend more
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
40027
heavily on the relative fragilities of
plant components and systems than the
size of the TBS. Therefore, the NRC
believes that adjustment to the TBS for
seismically induced indirect LOCAs is
also not warranted.
The final consideration in selecting
the TBS was actual piping system
design (e.g., sizes) and operating
experience. For example, due to
configuration and operating
environment, certain piping is
considered to be more susceptible than
other piping in the same size range. For
PWRs, the range of pipe break sizes
determined from the various
aggregations of expert opinion was 6 to
10 inches in diameter (i.e., inside
dimension) for the 95th percentile. This
is only slightly smaller than the PWR
surge lines, which are attached to the
RCS main loop piping and are typically
12- to 14-inch diameter Schedule 160
piping (i.e., 10.1 to 11.2 inch inside
diameter piping). The RCS main loop
piping is in the range of 30 inches in
diameter and has substantially thicker
walls than the surge lines. The expert
elicitation panel concluded that this
main loop piping is much less likely to
break than other RCS piping. The
shutdown cooling lines and safety
injection lines may also be 12- to 14inch diameter Schedule 160 piping and
are likewise connected to the RCS. The
difference in diameter and thickness of
the reactor coolant piping and the
piping connected to it forms a
reasonable line of demarcation to define
the TBS. Therefore, to capture the surge,
shutdown cooling, and safety injection
lines in the range of piping considered
to be equal to or less than the TBS, the
NRC specified the TBS for PWRs as the
cross-sectional flow area of the largest
piping attached to the RCS main loop.
For BWRs, the arithmetic and
geometric means of the break sizes
having approximately a 95th percentile
probability of 10¥5 per year ranged from
values of approximately 13 inches to 20
inches equivalent diameter. The
information gathered from the
elicitation for BWRs showed that the
estimated frequency of pipe breaks
dropped markedly for break sizes
beyond the range of approximately 18 to
20 inches. After evaluating BWR
designs, it was determined that typical
residual heat removal piping connected
to the recirculation loop piping and
feedwater piping is about 18 to 24
inches in diameter. These pipe sizes are
consistent with break sizes beyond
which the pipe break frequency is
expected to decrease markedly below
10¥5 per year. It was also recognized
that the sizes of attached pipes vary
somewhat among plants. Thus, for
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
40028
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
BWRs, the TBS is specified as the crosssectional flow area of the larger of either
the feedwater or the RHR piping inside
primary containment.
Because the effects of TBS breaks on
core cooling vary with the break
location, the NRC evaluated whether the
frequency of TBS breaks varies with
location and whether TBS breaks
should, therefore, vary in size with
location. In PWRs, the pressurizer surge
line is only connected to one hot leg and
the pipes attached to the cold legs are
generally smaller than the surge line.
The cold legs (including the
intermediate legs) operate at slightly
cooler temperatures. Thermallyactivated degradation mechanisms
would be expected to progress more
slowly in the cold leg than in the hot
leg. Therefore, the NRC evaluated
whether it may be appropriate to specify
a TBS for the cold leg that would be
smaller than the size of the surge line.
The frequency of occurrence of a break
of a given size is composed of both the
frequency of a completely severed pipe
of that size (a complete circumferential
break) plus the frequency of a partial
break of that size in an equal or larger
size pipe (a partial circumferential or
longitudinal break). Therefore, the NRC
evaluated an option where the TBS for
the hot and cold legs would be
distinctly different and would be
composed of two components: (1)
Complete breaks of the pipes attached to
the hot or cold legs at the limiting
locations within each attached pipe, and
(2) partial breaks of a constant size, as
appropriate for either the hot or cold
leg, at the limiting locations within the
hot or cold legs. The NRC attempted to
estimate the appropriate size of the
partial break component for the TBS by
reviewing the expert elicitation results
to determine the frequencies of
occurrence of partial breaks within hot
and cold legs that would be equivalent
to the frequency of a complete surge line
break. The NRC found that frequencies
of occurrence of partial breaks of a given
size are generally lower for the cold leg
than for the hot leg. However, other than
this general trend, the elicitation results
do not contain sufficient information to
adequately quantify differences among
the hot leg, cold leg, and surge line pipe
break frequencies. Because it was not
possible to establish a smaller partial
break TBS criterion in the hot or cold
legs, the NRC concluded that the TBS
associated with partial breaks in the hot
and cold legs should remain equivalent
in size to the internal cross sectional
area of the surge line. Similarly, the
elicitation results do not contain
sufficient detail to quantify break
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
frequency differences among the BWR
recirculation, residual heat removal, and
feedwater system piping. Thus, a
smaller partial break TBS criterion also
could not be established for BWR
recirculation piping.
The NRC also evaluated whether TBS
breaks should be analyzed as singleended or double-ended breaks. To
address this issue, the NRC reviewed
the expert elicitation process and the
guidance given to the experts in
developing their frequency estimates.
The NRC concluded that the expert
elicitation LOCA frequency estimates
correspond to a break area having an
equivalent circular diameter at each
break size. This correspondence is
representative of a single-ended break.
Additionally, the experts based their
estimates on knowledge of postulated
failure mechanisms in pressure
boundary components and not on the
flow rates emanating from the breaks.
The flow rates are governed by the break
location and system configuration
which determines whether reactor
coolant will be discharged from both
ends of the break.
The current design basis analysis for
light water reactors requires analysis of
a DEGB of the largest pipe in the RCS.
Under the proposed rule, all breaks up
to and including the TBS would be
analyzed under existing requirements. A
possible reason for specifying the TBS
for PWRs as double-ended could be that
a complete break of the pressurizer
surge line would result in reactor
coolant exiting both ends of the break.
Although this occurs initially during a
LOCA, core cooling requirements are
dominated by the flow rate of coolant
exiting from the hot leg side of the
break, with much less contribution from
the flow rate of coolant exiting from the
pressurizer side. Therefore, specifying
the TBS break as an area equivalent to
a double-ended break of the surge line
would be overly conservative. For
BWRs, the effect of a double-ended
break area is also considered to be
overly conservative. The selected TBS
for BWRs is based on the larger of the
residual heat removal or main feedwater
lines attached to the main recirculation
piping. A single-ended break in these
lines would bound double-ended breaks
of the smaller lines in the reactor
recirculation and feedwater system.
Therefore, the NRC concluded that
treating the TBS as a single-ended break
reasonably characterizes the expert
elicitation results and represents the
flow rates associated with postulated
pipe breaks within the RCS.
For the TBS to remain valid at a
particular facility, future plant
modifications must not significantly
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
increase the LOCA pipe break frequency
estimates generated during the expert
elicitation and used as the basis for the
TBS. For example, the expert elicitation
panel did not consider the effects of
power uprates in deriving the break
frequency estimates. The expert
elicitation panel assumed that future
plant operating characteristics would
remain consistent with past operating
practices. The NRC recognizes that
significant plant changes may change
plant performance and relevant
operating characteristics to a degree that
they might impact future LOCA
frequencies. The NRC will expect
applicants for plant changes under
revised proposed § 50.46a to
demonstrate that those changes do not
significantly increase break frequencies.
As discussed in Section V.C. of this
document, the NRC is currently
preparing guidance for applicants to use
to demonstrate that proposed plant
changes do not undermine the § 50.46a
technical basis (‘‘Plant-Specific
Applicability of 10 CFR 50.46 Technical
Basis’’ February 2009; ML090350757).
The baseline TBS was adjusted
upward to account for uncertainties and
failure mechanisms leading to pipe
rupture that were not considered in the
expert elicitation process. As the NRC
obtains additional information that may
tend to reduce those uncertainties or
allow for more structured consideration
of degradation mechanisms, the NRC
will assess whether the TBS (as defined
in § 50.46a) should be adjusted, and
may initiate rulemaking to revise the
TBS definition to account for this new
information. The NRC will also
continue to assess the failure precursors
that might be indicative of an increase
in pipe break frequencies in BWR and
PWR plants to establish whether the
TBS would need to be adjusted.
However, these TBS values are within
the range supported by the expert
elicitation estimates when considering
the uncertainty inherent in processing
the degradation-related frequency
estimates. In addition, the NRC believes
that the TBS definitions in the proposed
rule would provide necessary
conservatism to compensate for possible
future increases in break frequencies.
The NRC expects that the TBS values
would result in regulatory stability
because future LOCA frequency
reevaluations are less likely to make it
necessary for the NRC to change the
TBS and cause licensees to undo plant
modifications made after implementing
§ 50.46a.
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
C. Evaluation of the Plant-Specific
Applicability of the Transition Break
Size
As discussed in Section V.B. of this
document, the NRC has published two
reports, NUREG–1829 (ML082250436),
and NUREG–1903 (ML080880140) that
form part of the technical basis used to
select the TBS for BWR and PWR plants.
NUREG–1829 used expert elicitation to
develop generic LOCA frequency
estimates of passive system failure as a
function of break size for both BWR and
PWR plants and considered normal
operational loading and transients
expected over a 60-year plant life.
NUREG–1903 assessed the likelihood
that rare seismic events would induce
primary system failures larger than the
postulated TBS. NUREG–1903 evaluated
both direct failures of flawed and
unflawed primary system pressure
boundary components and indirect
failures of nonprimary system
components and supports that could
lead to primary system failures. Because
these studies were not intended to
develop bounding estimates, unique
plant attributes may result in plantspecific LOCA frequencies due to
normal operational and/or seismic
loading that are greater than reported in
either NUREG–1829 or NUREG–1903.
Consequently, the NRC has included a
requirement that applicants wishing to
implement § 50.46a conduct an
evaluation to demonstrate that the
results in NUREG–1829 and NUREG–
1903 are applicable to their individual
plants.
The NRC is preparing guidance for
conducting the plant specific review to
demonstrate the applicability of both
the NUREG–1829 and NUREG–1903
results. The scope of this applicability
guidance would be limited to primary
system piping and other primary
pressure boundary components that are
large enough to result in LOCA break
sizes larger than the TBS. This guidance
is applicable to aspects of the facility
design affecting compliance with ECCS
requirements and would not pertain to
design-bases or operational procedures
associated with other aspects of the
facility licensing basis.
The plant applicability evaluation
would require that § 50.46a applicants
first demonstrate that the applicable
systems in the plant adhere to the
current licensing basis. Additionally,
the evaluation would require that
licensees consider the effects of unique,
plant-specific attributes on the generic
LOCA frequencies developed in
NUREG–1829. The licensee would also
evaluate the effect of proposed plant
changes on both direct and indirect
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
system failures to demonstrate that
NUREG–1829 results remain applicable
after the proposed changes have been
implemented. After a licensee is
approved to implement revised
proposed § 50.46a requirements, it
would also be necessary to evaluate the
effect of future proposed plant changes
to demonstrate that NUREG–1829
results remain applicable after enacting
the proposed changes.
An evaluation framework is also
provided for determining the
applicability of the NUREG–1903
assessment of direct piping failures.
This framework identifies the aspects
that applicants would consider in a
plant-specific analysis, provides several
options for conducting the analysis, and
describes a systematic approach
associated with each option. One
important step is to determine whether
the NUREG–1903 results can be used
directly or if a plant-specific analysis is
required to determine the limiting flaw
sizes under rare seismic loading.
NUREG–1903 also addressed indirect
piping failures caused by rare seismic
loading. However, the risk of indirect
failure is highly plant-specific and
NUREG–1903 only considered the risks
associated with two different plants.
Consequently, the limited analysis of
indirect piping failures does not provide
a sufficient technical basis for allowing
generic changes to the seismic design,
testing, analysis, qualification, and
maintenance requirements associated
with any component under § 50.46a.
Any proposed changes to these criteria
would be justified using a plant-specific
analysis to assess the change in risk
associated with seismically induced
failures of the relevant component and/
or system that results from the proposed
plant changes. After receiving approval
to implement revised proposed § 50.46a
requirements, it would also be necessary
for licensees to demonstrate that the
NUREG–1903 results remain applicable
after implementing proposed changes.
More specific details on how to
conduct these applicability reviews are
available in a white paper entitled,
‘‘Plant-Specific Applicability of the 10
CFR 50.46 Technical Basis’’ February
2009 (ML090350757). Commenters on
this revised proposed rule may review
this white paper to get a better
understanding of the scope of the
evaluation being considered by the
NRC.
D. Alternative ECCS Analysis
Requirements and Acceptance Criteria
The revised proposed rule would
require licensees to analyze ECCS
cooling performance for breaks up to
and including a double-ended rupture
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
40029
of the largest pipe in the RCS. These
analyses would have to be performed by
methods acceptable to the NRC and
must demonstrate that ECCS cooling
performance conforms to the acceptance
criteria set forth in the rule. For breaks
at or below the TBS, § 50.46a(e)(1)
would specify requirements identical to
the existing ECCS analysis requirements
set forth in § 50.46. However,
commensurate with the lower
probability of breaks larger than the
TBS, § 50.46a(e)(2) of the revised
proposed rule specifies less
conservatism for the analyses and
associated acceptance criteria for breaks
larger than the TBS. LOCA analyses for
break sizes equal to or smaller than the
TBS would be applied to all locations in
the RCS to find the limiting break
location. LOCA analyses for break sizes
larger than the TBS (but using the more
realistic analysis requirements) would
also be applied to all locations in the
RCS to find the limiting break size and
location. This analytical approach is
consistent with current NRC regulatory
positions and industry practice.
1. Acceptable Methodologies and
Analysis Assumptions
Under existing § 50.46 requirements,
prior NRC approval is required for ECCS
evaluation models. Acceptable
evaluation models are currently of two
types; those that realistically describe
the behavior of the RCS during a LOCA,
and those that conform with the
required and acceptable features
specified in Appendix K to Part 50.
Appendix K evaluation models
incorporate conservatism as a means to
justify that the acceptance criteria are
satisfied by an ECCS design. In contrast,
the realistic or best-estimate models
attempt to accurately simulate the
expected phenomena. As a result,
comparisons to applicable experimental
data must be made and uncertainty in
the evaluation model and inputs must
be identified and assessed. This is
necessary so that the uncertainty in the
results can be estimated so that when
the calculated ECCS cooling
performance is compared to the
acceptance criteria, there is a high level
of probability that the criteria would not
be exceeded. Appendix K, Part II,
contains the documentation
requirements for evaluation models. All
of these existing requirements are
included in § 50.46a(e)(1) of the revised
proposed rule for breaks at or below the
TBS.
As currently required under § 50.46,
the ECCS analysis performed with a
model other than one based on
Appendix K must demonstrate with a
high level of probability that the
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
40030
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
acceptance criteria will not be exceeded.
The position taken in RG 1.157 has been
that 95 percent probability constitutes
an acceptably high probability. Section
50.46a(e)(1) of the revised proposed rule
would retain the high level of
probability as the statistical acceptance
criterion.
Revised proposed §§ 50.46a(e)(1) and
(e)(2) would require that the worst break
size and location be calculated
separately for breaks at or below the
TBS and for breaks larger than the TBS
up to and including a double-ended
rupture of the largest pipe in the RCS.
Different methodologies, analytical
assumptions, and acceptance criteria
may be used for each break size region.
Consistent with current § 50.46
requirements, licensees would be
required to analyze breaks at or below
the TBS by assuming the worst single
failure concurrent with a loss-of-offsite
power, limiting operating conditions,
and only crediting safety systems. For
breaks larger than the TBS, licensees
may take credit for operation of any
equipment supported by availability
data provided that onsite power (either
safety or non-safety) can be reliably
provided to that equipment through
manual actions within a reasonable time
after a loss of offsite power. All nonsafety equipment that is credited for
analyses of breaks larger than the TBS
would have to be identified as such and
listed in the plant technical
specifications. Analyses of breaks larger
than the TBS could assume nominal
operating conditions rather than
technical specification limits. This
would also include combining actual
fuel burnup in decay heat predictions
with the corresponding operating
peaking factors at the appropriate time
in the fuel cycle. The assumptions of
loss-of-offsite power and the worst
single failure would not be required
because breaks larger than the TBS are
very unlikely; therefore, less margin
would be needed in the analysis of
breaks in this region. A capability to
provide onsite power to non-safety
equipment in a reasonable time
following a loss of offsite power (e.g.
approximately 30 minutes) is a defensein-depth consideration for severe
accident management.
2. Acceptance Criteria
ECCS acceptance criteria in
§ 50.46a(e)(3) for breaks at or below the
TBS would be the same as those
currently required in § 50.46. Therefore,
licensees would be required to use an
approved methodology to demonstrate
that the following acceptance criteria
are met for the limiting LOCA at or
below the TBS:
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
• PCT less than 2200 °F;
• Maximum local cladding oxidation
(MLO) less than 17 percent;
• Maximum hydrogen production—
core wide cladding oxidation less than
one percent;
• Maintenance of coolable geometry;
and
• Maintenance of long-term cooling.
Commensurate with the lower
probability of occurrence, the
acceptance criteria in § 50.46a(e)(4) for
breaks larger than the TBS would be less
prescriptive:
• Maintenance of coolable geometry,
and
• Maintenance of long-term cooling.
The revised proposed rule would
allow licensees flexibility in
establishing appropriate metrics and
quantitative acceptance criteria for
maintenance of coolable geometry. A
licensee’s metrics and acceptance
criteria must realistically demonstrate
that coolable core geometry and longterm cooling will be maintained. Unless
data or other valid justification criteria
are provided, licensees should use 2200
°F and 17 percent for the limits on PCT
and MLO, respectively, as metrics and
quantitative acceptance criteria for
meeting the rule. Other less
conservative criteria would be
acceptable if properly justified by
licensees.
However, the NRC acknowledges that
it would be expensive and timeconsuming for industry to develop the
necessary experimental and analytical
data to justify alternative acceptance
criteria as a surrogate for demonstrating
coolable geometry. Because of the
difficulty in demonstrating alternative
metrics, the NRC is requesting
stakeholder comments on whether the
final § 50.46a rule should retain the
coolable geometry criterion for beyondTBS breaks. Retaining coolable
geometry would give licensees the
option to demonstrate alternative
coolable geometry metrics or use the
current metric (2200 °F PCT and 17
percent MLO). If the NRC removed the
coolable geometry criterion, the beyondTBS acceptance criteria would be the
same as the acceptance criteria for TBS
and smaller breaks (2200 °F PCT and 17
percent MLO). The NRC will evaluate
stakeholder comments on this question
before deciding which beyond-TBS
acceptance criteria to include in the
final rule.
As previously discussed in Section
IV.C of this document, the NRC is
working to revise the ECCS acceptance
criteria in § 50.46(b) to account for new
experimental data on cladding ductility
and to allow for the use of advanced
cladding alloys. The NRC will soon
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
issue an ANPR seeking public
comments on a planned regulatory
approach. The NRC expects that this
rulemaking (Docket ID NRC–2008–0332)
will establish new cladding
embrittlement acceptance criteria in
§ 50.46(b) for design basis LOCAs. As
these new acceptance criteria are
established, the NRC will also make
conforming changes to § 50.46a as
necessary for both below and above TBS
breaks.
3. Restriction of Reactor Operation
Section 50.46a(e)(5) would allow the
Director of the Office of Nuclear Reactor
Regulation to impose restrictions on
reactor operation if it is determined that
the evaluations of ECCS cooling
performance are not consistent with the
requirements for evaluation models and
analysis methods specified in revised
proposed § 50.46a(e)(1) through (e)(4).
Non-compliance may be due to factors
such as lack of a sufficient data base
upon which to assess model
uncertainty, use of a model outside the
range of an appropriate data base,
models inconsistent with the
requirements of Appendix K of Part 50,
or phenomena unknown at the time of
approval of the methodology. Lack of
compliance with methodological
requirements would not necessarily
result in failure to meet the acceptance
criteria of revised proposed
§§ 50.46a(e)(3) and (e)(4), but, rather,
would provide results that could not be
relied upon to demonstrate compliance
with the appropriate acceptance criteria.
Thus, depending upon the specific
circumstances, it might be necessary for
the NRC to impose restrictions on
operation until these issues are
resolved. This requirement is included
in the revised proposed rule for
consistency with the current ECCS
regulations, because it is comparable to
existing § 50.46(a)(2).
E. Risk-Informed Changes to the
Facility, Technical Specifications, or
Procedures
Licensees who adopt § 50.46a would
use a risk-informed evaluation process
to demonstrate, before implementation,
that facility changes will satisfy the riskinformed acceptance criteria in revised
proposed § 50.46a(f). Changes that must
be evaluated are specified in revised
proposed § 50.46a(d)(3) and would
include all ‘‘enabled’’ changes that
satisfy the alternative ECCS analysis
requirements in § 50.46a but do not
satisfy the current ECCS analysis
requirements in § 50.46. Also, changes
in risk from facility changes not enabled
by the alternative ECCS requirements
could be combined with changes in risk
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
from facility changes enabled by
§ 50.46a if the licensee chooses to
combine the changes in its application
of the risk-informed change process
defined in the rule. In this case, the
changes made under § 50.46a would
include those enabled by § 50.46a and
those not enabled by § 50.46a but
included in the risk-informed
application.
Licensees would be required to
periodically maintain and upgrade the
PRA used in the risk assessments and
ensure that over time all changes made
under § 50.46a continue to meet the
risk-informed acceptance criteria. If
necessary, revised proposed
§ 50.46a(g)(2) would require the licensee
to propose steps and a schedule to bring
the facility back into compliance with
the acceptance criteria in
§ 50.46a(f)(2)(ii) or § 50.46a(f)(2)(iii), as
applicable.
The risk-informed evaluation would
be required to demonstrate that
increases in plant risk (if any) meet
appropriate risk acceptance criteria,
defense-in-depth is maintained,
adequate safety margins are maintained,
and adequate performance-measurement
programs are implemented. The NRC
believes that all changes to a plant, its
technical specifications, or its
procedures which are based upon the
analyses of ECCS performance
permitted under § 50.46a(e)(2)—with
the exception of those changes
permitted under § 50.46a(f)(1)—must be
reviewed and approved by the NRC for
two reasons. First, a wide range of
changes could be implemented under
§ 50.46a, which, if improperly
implemented by licensees, could result
in significant adverse impacts on public
health and safety or common defense
and security. NRC review and approval
would provide verification that a
licensee has properly evaluated each
proposed change against the acceptance
criteria in § 50.46a. Second, changes
involving technical specifications must
receive NRC review and approval in the
form of a license amendment, as
required by the Atomic Energy Act of
1954, as amended. Accordingly, the
NRC’s revised proposed rule would
require NRC review and approval of all
changes initiated under § 50.46a(f)(2).
1. Requirements for the Risk-Informed
Evaluation
The revised proposed rule is based
upon the regulatory premise that the
acceptability of all licensee-initiated
changes made under the rule should be
judged in a risk-informed manner. The
risk-informed assessment process must
include methods for evaluating
compliance with the risk criteria,
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
defense-in-depth criteria, safety margin
criteria, and performance measurement
criteria in § 50.46a(f). These attributes
have been identified by the Commission
as a necessary set of risk evaluation
tools to ensure that changes to the
facility do not endanger public health
and safety.
Compliance with the risk criteria
plays a key role in the regulatory
structure of the proposed rule. A riskassessment must be used to determine
the change in risk associated with
facility changes. Inasmuch as PRA
methodologies are generally recognized
as the best current approach for
conducting risk assessments suitable for
making decisions in areas of potential
safety significance, § 50.46a(f)(4) of the
revised proposed rule would require
that a technically adequate PRA be used
in demonstrating compliance with the
requirements of § 50.46a that would
affect the regulatory decision in a
substantive manner. However, the NRC
recognizes that non-quantitative PRA
assessment methodologies and
approaches could also be used to
complement or supplement the
quantitative aspects of a PRA, especially
when performance of a quantitative PRA
methodology of the level needed to
support a particular decision is not
justifiable because the safety
significance of the decision does not
warrant the level of technical
sophistication inherent in a PRA.
Accordingly, § 50.46a(f)(5) is written to
recognize that non quantitative risk
assessment may also be utilized.
a. Probabilistic Risk Assessment
Requirements
Sections 50.46a(f)(4)(i) through (iv) set
forth the four general attributes of an
acceptable PRA for the purposes of this
rule. Section 50.46a(f)(4)(i) would
require that the PRA address initiating
events from internal and external
sources, and for all modes of operation,
including low power and shutdown,
that would affect the regulatory decision
in a substantial manner. Failure to
consider sources of risk from internal
and external events, or from anticipated
operating modes, could result in an
inaccurate characterization of the level
of risk associated with a plant change.
Therefore, initiating events from
internal and external sources and during
all modes of operation would have to be
considered by the PRA when the change
in risk would affect the regulatory
decision, in order to ensure that the
effect on risk from licensee-initiated
changes is adequately characterized in a
manner sufficient to support a
technically defensible determination of
the level of risk.
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
40031
Section 50.46a(f)(4)(ii) states that the
PRA must reasonably represent the
current configuration and operating
practices at the plant. A plant’s risk may
vary as plant configuration and/or plant
procedures change. Failure to update
the PRA based upon these configuration
or procedure changes may result in
inaccurate or invalid PRA results.
Accordingly, to ensure that estimates of
risk adequately reflect the facility for
which a decision must be made, the rule
would require that the PRA address
current plant configuration and
operating practices.
Section 50.46a(f)(4)(iii) would require
that the PRA have ‘‘sufficient technical
adequacy’’ including consideration of
uncertainty, as well as a sufficient level
of detail to provide confidence that the
calculated risk and the changes in risk
adequately reflect the proposed facility
change. The revised proposed rule
would require the PRA to consider
uncertainty because the decision maker
must understand the limitations of the
particular PRA that was performed to
ensure that the decision is robust and
accommodates relevant uncertainties.
With respect to level of detail, failure to
model the plant (or relevant portion of
the plant) at the appropriate level of
detail may result in calculated risk
values that do not appropriately capture
the risk significance of the proposed
change.
Finally, § 50.46a(f)(4)(iv) would
require that, to the extent that the PRA
is used, the PRA must meet NRCapproved industry standards. The NRC
has prepared a regulatory guide (RG
1.200) on determining the technical
adequacy of PRA results for riskinformed activities. As one step in the
assurance of technical quality, the PRA
would be subjected to a peer review
process assessed against an industry
standard or set of acceptance criteria
that is endorsed by the NRC. Industry
standards for all initiators and operating
modes are under development but not
yet complete. The NRC will develop
review guidelines that endorse criteria
for considering the sufficiency of a PRA
peer review process for this application
in § 50.46(c) if this guidance becomes
necessary before industry standards
have been completed and endorsed in
RG 1.200.
b. Requirements for Risk Assessments
Other Than PRA
Risk assessment need not always be
performed using PRA. The rule
explicitly recognizes the possibility of
using risk assessment methods other
than PRA to demonstrate compliance
with various acceptance criteria in the
rule. However, as with PRA
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
40032
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
methodologies, the NRC believes that
minimum quality requirements for
PRAs and risk assessments used by a
licensee in implementing the rule must
be established. Accordingly,
§ 50.46a(f)(5) would establish the
minimum requirement for risk
assessment methodologies other than
PRA. The NRC believes that this
requirement provides flexibility to
licensees to use the non-PRA risk
methodology (or combination of
different methodologies) when these
methodologies produce results that are
sufficient upon which to base decisions
that the various acceptance criteria in
the proposed rule have been met.
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
2. Aggregation of Plant Changes When
Evaluating Changes in Risk
Licensees often make changes to the
facility, technical specifications, and
procedures. Some changes that the
licensees could make after adopting this
rule would not have been permitted
without the new § 50.46a (related or
enabled changes). Other changes would
be unrelated insofar as the basis of the
changes and NRC approval, when
necessary, will rely on regulations,
guidelines, or facility priorities that do
not depend on the new ECCS
requirements in Section 50.46a.
Unrelated changes will indirectly
influence the change in risk of the
§ 50.46a related changes insofar as they
change the risk profile of the facility. If
unrelated changes are combined with
related changes in determining the
§ 50.46a change in risk estimates
(bundling), the result will normally be
different than if the unrelated changes
are considered as part of the baseline
risk associated with the current design
and operation of the facility. If bundling
is permitted, a licensee could
implement facility changes that would
decrease risk to offset increased risk
from § 50.46a enabled changes. These
changes would increase the safety of the
facility and are expected to result in a
reallocation of resources to areas where
safety can be improved. Current NRC
practice, consistent with RG 1.174, is to
compare the total or cumulative risk
increase from all related changes, and
only related changes, to the acceptance
guidelines. RG 1.174 does, however,
permit bundling changes (referred to as
combined changes in RG 1.174) and
provides additional acceptance
guidelines that must be met when
permitting unrelated plant changes that
might decrease risk to be combined
together with a group of related changes
in a change in risk estimate that would
be compared to the acceptance
guidelines.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
The NRC believes that allowing
bundling of unrelated changes into the
§ 50.46a change in risk estimates will
encourage licensees to use risk-informed
methods to take advantage of
opportunities to reduce risk, and not
just eliminate requirements that a
licensee deems as undesirable.
However, in some situations, bundling
could mask the creation of significant
risk outliers. To ensure that outliers are
not created, and that the additional
guidelines in RG 1.174 are appropriately
applied, the rule would not permit
bundling of changes without previous
review and approval. Therefore, the
revised, proposed § 50.46a(f)(2)(iv)
would allow changes not enabled by
§ 50.46a to be combined with changes
enabled by § 50.46a in the calculation of
the change in risk when a licensee
submits an application for a change
under 50.90.
3. NRC Approval of a Licensee Process
for Making Changes to a Licensee’s
Facility or Procedures Without NRC
Review and Approval
As a general matter, the licensee must
obtain NRC review and approval
(through a license amendment
application) for any changes to the
facility, technical specifications, or
procedures that may be implemented
under this section. However, the NRC
believes that there is a subset of plant
and procedure changes that would be
made possible by § 50.46a involving
minimal changes in risk which also
have no significant impact upon
defense-in-depth capabilities. Prior NRC
review and approval of these changes on
an individual basis would be
unnecessary if the NRC has previously
concluded that the licensee has an
adequate technical process for
appropriately identifying this subset of
changes. In the NRC’s view, plant
changes which involve minimal changes
in risk and have no significant impact
upon defense-in-depth (and do not
involve a change to the license), by
definition, do not result in significant
issues involving public health and
safety or common defense and security.
Expending licensee resources to
prepare an application for approval of
plant changes involving minimal
changes in risk and NRC resources to
review and approve these applications
is not an efficient use of resources.
Rather, the NRC believes that if it
reviews and approves in advance the
licensee’s processes (including the
adequacy of the licensee’s PRA and
other risk assessment methods) and
criteria for identifying changes which
are both minimal from a risk standpoint
and do not significantly affect defense-
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
in-depth or plant physical security, then
there is no need to review and approve
each of the changes individually.
Further, the NRC believes that these
minimal changes are unlikely to impact
the built-in capability of the facility to
resist security threats. Accordingly, the
NRC has proposed an approach in
§ 50.46a(f)(1) allowing a licensee to
obtain ‘‘pre-approval’’ of a process for
identifying minimal plant and
procedure changes made possible under
§ 50.46a.
The revised proposed § 50.46a(f)(1)
states that a licensee may make changes
based upon the provisions of this
section without prior review and
approval if the stated requirements in
paragraphs (f)(1) and (f)(3) of this
section are met. The revised proposed
rule also states that the provisions of
§ 50.59 would apply. Licensees with a
pre-approved change process would be
allowed to make facility changes
without NRC approval if they met
§ 50.59 and § 50.46a requirements.
Compliance with the § 50.59
requirements is necessary to ensure that
facility changes made without NRC
approval do not result in plant
conditions that could impact public
health and safety. Compliance with the
§ 50.46a(f) requirements for risk
assessments is required to ensure that
facility changes result in acceptable
changes in risk, adequate defense-indepth, that safety margins will be
maintained, and that adequate
performance-measurement programs are
implemented.
4. Risk Acceptance Criteria for Plant
Changes
Sections 50.46a(f)(2)(ii) and (f)(2)(iii)
would require that the total increases in
risk are very small and that the overall
plant risk remains small. Two sets of
metrics are used to measure risk
depending on when the applicant’s
operating license was issued. For
reactors licensed before the effective
date of the rule, § 50.46a(f)(2)(ii) would
apply and CDF and LERF would be
used. For new reactors licensed after the
effective date of the rule,
§ 50.46a(f)(2)(iii) would apply and CDF
and large release frequency (LRF) are
used. The NRC believes that this
requirement is a necessary element for
ensuring that changes which would be
permitted by the revised § 50.46a ECCS
analyses do not result in a greater
change in risk than intended by the
Commission.
a. Risk Estimate
To satisfy the Commission’s
requirements in §§ 50.46a(f)(2)(ii) and
(f)(2)(iii) that the total increases in risk
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
are very small would require that the
change in risk for each facility change
be evaluated and shown to meet the
acceptance guidelines. If a series of
changes are made over time,
§ 50.46a(f)(2)(iv) would require that
cumulative effect of these changes be
evaluated and shown to meet the
acceptance criteria. Section
50.46a(f)(2)(iv) would also permit
changes in risk from facility changes not
enabled by § 50.46a to be combined by
the licensee with facility changes that
are enabled by this section for the
purposes of meeting the acceptance
guidelines. The total change in risk from
all facility changes made under the rule
after the adoption of § 50.46a must be
evaluated and compared to the ‘‘very
small’’ acceptance criterion before each
change requiring a risk-informed
evaluation and after the periodic PRA
maintenance and upgrading. Requiring
that the total change in risk from all
facility changes made under the rule
after the adoption of § 50.46a be
compared to the § 50.46a acceptance
criteria instead of allowing the changes
in risk to be partitioned and
individually compared to the
acceptance criteria would ensure that
the total risk increase of all changes, as
they are implemented over time, would
not constitute more than a very small
increase in risk. If the total increase in
the applicable risk metrics were not
compared to the acceptance criteria, a
number changes where every individual
change’s risk increase is kept below the
proposed rule’s risk acceptance criteria
could, considered cumulatively, result
in a significant increase in risk. A
significant increase would not satisfy
the Commission’s criteria that the
overall plant risk remains small. Also,
comparing the risk increase from each
change to the acceptance criteria
independently of all previous changes
would render the use of the ‘‘very
small’’ criterion inadequate to monitor
and control increases in risk from a
series of plant changes implemented
over time.
Comparing the total risk increase to
the risk increase criterion, and allowing
bundling of unrelated changes in the
change in risk estimate, will support the
NRC’s philosophy that, consistent with
the principles of risk-informed
integrated decision making, licensees
should have a risk management
philosophy in which risk insights are
not just used to systematically increase
risk, but also to help reduce risk where
appropriate and where it is shown to be
cost effective.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
b. Acceptance Criteria
In § 50.46a(f)(2)(ii), CDF and LERF are
used as surrogates for early and latent
health effects, which are used in the
Commission’s Policy Statement on
Safety Goals (51 FR 30028; August 4,
1986). The NRC has used CDF and LERF
in making regulatory decisions for over
20 years. The NRC endorsed the use of
CDF and LERF as appropriate measures
for evaluating risk and ensuring safety
in nuclear power plants when it
adopted RG 1.174 in 1997. After the
adoption of RG 1.174, the NRC has had
eleven years of experience in applying
risk-informed regulation to support a
variety of applications, including
amending facility procedures and
programs (e.g., IST and ISI programs),
amending facility operating licenses
(e.g., power up-rates, license renewals,
and changes to the FSAR), and
amending technical specifications. On
the basis of this experience, for current
operating reactors, the NRC has
determined that CDF and LERF are
acceptable measures for evaluating
changes in risk as the result of changes
to a facility, technical specifications,
and procedures, with the exception of
certain changes that affect containment
performance but do not affect CDF or
LERF. Changes that affect containment
performance are considered as part of
the defense-in-depth evaluation.
For new reactors, CDF and LRF
(instead of LERF) would apply as
indicated in § 50.46a(f)(2)(iii). For new
reactor licensing the Commission has
established a goal based on LRF (see
SRM on SECY–89–102—
Implementation of the Safety Goals,
June 15, 1990; and SRM on SECY–90–
016—Evolutionary Light Water Reactor
(LWR) Certification Issues and Their
Relationship to Current Regulatory
Requirements, June 26, 1990).
The Commission has concluded that
changes under this rule should be
restricted to very small risk increases.
As discussed in RG 1.174, a very small
risk increase is independent of a plant’s
overall risk as measured by the current
CDF and LERF. Increases in CDF of
10¥6 per reactor year or less, and
increases in LERF of 10¥7 per reactor
year or less are very small risk increases
for existing reactor facilities.
For new reactors, the same CDF
metric is used and the same definition
of very small increase (i.e., less than
10¥6 per reactor year) would be used.
The revised proposed rule uses LRF
instead of LERF as a metric for new
reactors. RG 1.174 provides no
guidelines for LRF. The Commission has
approved the overall mean frequency of
a large release of radioactive material to
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
40033
the environment (LRF) to be less than
10¥6 per reactor year. The revised
proposed rule requires the total increase
in LRF to be no more than very small.
The NRC proposes that increases in LRF
of 10¥8 per reactor year or less are very
small risk increases for new reactors.
Because of the difference between the
LERF acceptance criteria for existing
reactors and the LRF acceptance criteria
for new reactors, the NRC is seeking
specific public comments on this topic.
Additional background information on
how the NRC is addressing this issue
and how the NRC is soliciting public
input on this topic in this revised
proposed rule and in other regulatory
areas is provided in Section J.2. of this
document.
After adopting RG 1.174 in 1997, the
NRC has applied the quantitative
change in risk guidelines to individual
plant changes and to sequences of plant
changes implemented over time. The
NRC has found these guidelines and the
CDF and LERF values (when used
together with the defense in depth,
safety monitoring, and performance
measurement criteria) are capable of
differentiating between changes, and
sequences of changes, that are not
expected to endanger public health and
safety from those that might. The NRC
believes that applying the LRF guideline
for determining very small risk
increases would also be protective of
public health and safety.
Section 50.46a(f)(1) would permit
licensees to make changes under this
provision without prior review and
approval if the changes involve minimal
increases in risk which also have no
significant impact upon defense-indepth capabilities. A minimal risk
increase is one which, when considered
qualitatively by itself or in combination
with all other minimal increases, would
never become significant. Logically, a
minimal increase is less than the very
small increase in CDF and in LERF, and
was chosen as an increase of less than
10¥7 per reactor year for CDF and an
increase in LERF of less than 10¥8 per
reactor year. Similarly, for new reactor
licensing, an increase in LRF less than
10¥9 per reactor year is a minimal
increase. Although ten of these changes
could cause the combination of minimal
increases to exceed the very small
criteria, the NRC believes that most of
these changes will have a much smaller
(and, in some cases, an unmeasurable)
increase in risk. Regardless of whether
a licensee makes changes under
§ 50.46a(f)(1) instead of § 50.46a(f)(2),
the total cumulative risk including all
the individually minimal risk increases
as well as any increases approved by the
NRC under § 50.46a(f)(2), would have to
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
40034
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
be considered in the periodic reporting
required by § 50.46a(g)(2). If a licensee
implements an unexpectedly large
number of minimal risk changes, the
periodic reporting requirements in
§ 50.46a(g)(2) would provide adequate
notice to ensure that the NRC is aware
of potentially significant changes (or
any collective impact), so that the NRC
may undertake additional oversight
actions as deemed necessary and
appropriate.
Additionally, although the revised
proposed rule would permit licensees to
make plant changes that result in very
small risk increases, the NRC is
requesting stakeholder comments on
whether the rule should allow plant
changes that increase risk at all. Instead
of the risk acceptance criteria allowing
very small risk increases, should the
risk acceptance criteria in final rule
require that the net effect of plant
changes made under § 50.46a be risk
neutral or risk beneficial? The NRC
requests stakeholders to provide
comments on the use of risk acceptance
criteria that would not allow a
cumulative increase in risk for plant
changes made under § 50.46a.
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
5. Defense-in-Depth
Section 50.46a(f)(3)(i) would require
that the risk-informed evaluation
demonstrate that defense-in-depth is
maintained. Defense-in-depth is an
element of the NRC’s safety philosophy
that employs successive measures to
prevent accidents or mitigate damage if
a malfunction, accident, or naturally
caused event occurs at a nuclear facility.
As conceived and implemented by the
NRC, defense-in-depth provides
redundancy in addition to a multiple
barrier approach against fission product
releases. Defense-in-depth continues to
be an effective way to account for
uncertainties in equipment and human
performance. The NRC has determined
that retention of adequate defense-indepth must be ensured in all riskinformed regulatory activities.
6. Safety Margins
Section 50.46a(f)(3)(ii) would require
that adequate safety margins be retained
to account for uncertainties. These
uncertainties include phenomenology,
modeling, and how the plant was
constructed or is operated. The NRC’s
concern is that plant changes could
inappropriately reduce safety margins,
resulting in an unacceptable increase in
risk or challenge to plant SSCs. This
provision would ensure that an
adequate safety margin exists to account
for these uncertainties, such that there
are no unacceptable results or
consequences (e.g., structural failure) if
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
an acceptance criterion or limit is
exceeded.
7. Performance Measuring Programs
Section 50.46a(f)(3)(iii) would require
that adequate performance measurement
programs and feedback strategies be
implemented to ensure that the riskinformed evaluation continues to reflect
actual plant design and operation. The
risk-informed evaluation includes the
risk assessment, maintenance of
defense-in-depth, and adequacy of
safety margins. Results from
implementation of monitoring and
feedback strategies can provide an early
indication of unanticipated degradation
of performance of plant elements that
may invalidate the demonstration by the
risk-informed evaluation that the change
satisfied all the acceptance criteria. This
section would require that the
monitoring programs be designed to
detect degradation of SSCs before plant
safety is compromised. Permitting
degradation to advance until plant
safety could be compromised would be
inconsistent with the NRC’s regulatory
responsibility of protecting public
safety. The NRC expects that licensees
will integrate existing programs for
monitoring equipment performance and
other operating experience on their site
and throughout industry with the
performance measuring programs
required by this section.
F. Operational Requirements
The revised proposed rule includes
five specific operational requirements
that apply to licensees who are
approved to implement § 50.46a. These
requirements are set forth in § 50.46a(d)
and would remain in effect as long as
the facility is subject to the § 50.46a
alternative ECCS requirements until
such time as the licensee permanently
ceases operations by submitting the
decommissioning certifications required
under § 50.82(a). They are:
1. Maintain ECCS models and/or
analysis methods that demonstrate
compliance with the ECCS acceptance
criteria.
2. Maintain reactor coolant leak
detection equipment available at the
facility and identify, monitor, and
quantify leakage to ensure that adverse
safety consequences do not result from
leakage from piping and components
larger than the transition break size.
3. Perform a risk-informed evaluation
for each potentially risk-significant
change (or group of changes) to the
facility enabled by § 50.46a.
4. Periodically assess the cumulative
effect of changes to the plant,
operational practices, equipment
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
performance, and plant operational
experience.
5. Do not operate the plant for more
than fourteen days in any 12 month
period in an at-power operating
configuration that has not been
demonstrated to meet the ECCS
acceptance criteria for breaks larger than
the TBS.
Each of the five operational
requirements is discussed in detail
below.
1. Maintain ECCS models and/or
analysis methods that demonstrate
compliance with the ECCS acceptance
criteria.
Calculated results of licensee ECCS
models and/or analysis methods must
demonstrate compliance with the ECCS
acceptance criteria throughout the
operating lifetime of the plant.
Licensees must also update ECCS
models and/or analysis methods by
modifying them as needed to address
any plant design changes affecting ECCS
performance during this time period.
2. Maintain reactor coolant leak
detection equipment available at the
facility and identify, monitor, and
quantify leakage to ensure that adverse
safety consequences do not result from
leakage from piping and components
larger than the transition break size.
In a Staff Requirements Memorandum
dated August 10, 2007, responding to
SECY–07–0082—‘‘Rulemaking To Make
Risk Informed Changes to Loss-ofCoolant Accident Technical
Requirements; 10 CFR 50.46a,
‘Alternative Acceptance Criteria for
Emergency Core Cooling Systems for
Light-Water Nuclear Power Reactors’ ’’,
the Commission directed the NRC staff
to evaluate various approaches for
enhancing the 10 CFR 50.46a rule with
requirements for improved leak
detection methods. This SRM also
directed the NRC staff to ‘‘strengthen the
assurance of defense-in-depth [provided
by the § 50.46a rule] for breaks beyond
the transition break size (TBS).’’
In response to a recommendation
made by the Davis-Besse Lessons
Learned Task Force (DBLLTF), (see
memorandum from Arthur T. Howell to
William F. Kane, ‘‘Degradation of the
Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station
Reactor Pressure Vessel Head LessonsLearned Report; September 30, 2002;
ADAMS Accession No. ML022740211)
the NRC evaluated whether it should
impose new requirements on licensees
in the areas of tighter reactor coolant
leakage limits and new leakage
monitoring requirements. Specifically,
the DBLLTF Recommendation 3.1.5(1)
said that the NRC should determine
whether PWR plants should install online enhanced leakage detection systems
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
on critical plant components which
would be capable of detecting leakage
rates of significantly less than 1 gallon
per minute.
The evaluation identified techniques
that could improve localized leak
detection and on-line monitoring and
several areas of possible improvements
to leakage detection requirements that
could provide increased confidence that
plants are not operated at power with
reactor coolant pressure boundary
leakage. Although the NRC concluded
that there was not a sufficient basis to
require reduced technical specification
leakage for existing licensees, the NRC
recommended updating Regulatory
Guide 1.45 on leak detection. This RG
was revised in 2008.
RG 1.45, Revision 1 incorporates
progress in reactor coolant pressure
boundary leakage detection technology;
addresses the effect on radiation
monitoring, and, subsequently, on leak
detection from reduced activity levels of
coolant resulting from improved fuel
integrity; and incorporates lessons
learned from operating experience. The
title of the Regulatory Guide 1.45,
Revision 1, has been changed from
‘‘Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary
Leakage Detection Systems’’ to
‘‘Guidance on Monitoring and
Responding to Reactor Coolant System
Leakage,’’ to reflect its broader scope.
Revision 1 provides detailed guidance
for timely detection and location of
leaks, continuous monitoring,
quantifying and trending of leak rates,
assessing safety significance, and
specifying plant actions following
confirmation of an adverse trend in
unidentified leak rate. Revision 1
describes acceptable leakage detection
systems and methods, using riskinformed and performance-based
criteria to the extent practical. It retains
the recommendations for monitoring of
sump level or flow, airborne particulate
activity, and condensate flow rate from
air coolers. Other supplementary
detection methods are recommended for
use where and when appropriate.
Paragraph 50.46a(d)(2) in the revised
proposed rule contains new enhanced
leak detection requirements. Enhanced
leak detection is expected to provide
increased defense-in-depth against large
pipe breaks for licensees who
implement the alternative ECCS rule.
The NRC has concluded that
implementing the guidance in
Regulatory Guide 1.45, Revision 1, by
licensees choosing to comply with 10
CFR 50.46a will result in improved
monitoring and response to leaks in the
reactor coolant system and will provide
an acceptable method to satisfy the
requirements of Section 50.46a(d)(2).
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
3. Perform a risk-informed evaluation
for each change (or group of changes) to
the facility enabled by § 50.46a.
In addition to meeting all other
applicable requirements, a riskinformed evaluation required by
§ 50.46a(d)(3) would have to be
performed for changes enabled by
§ 50.46a. If a licensee has a change
methodology that was submitted under
§ 50.46a(f)(1) and approved by the NRC,
that licensee could make some changes
without NRC approval, if the acceptance
criteria in § 50.46a(f)(1) are met.
Otherwise, the licensee would be
required to submit the results of its riskinformed evaluation for prior NRC
review and approval in a license
amendment request subject to the
requirements of § 50.90. The licensee
would have to retain the results of all
risk-informed evaluations made under
§ 50.46a(f)(1) and periodically submit a
summary of the results to the NRC as
required under § 50.46a(g)(3).
4. Periodically assess the cumulative
effect of changes to the facility.
Key components of risk-informed
regulation are the monitoring of changes
in plant risk and feedback to the risk
assessment and/or plant design
activities and processes which are the
subject of the risk assessment. Section
50.46a(d)(4) would require that after
adopting § 50.46a, a licensee would be
required to periodically maintain and
upgrade the risk assessments (both PRA
and non-PRA) required under
§§ 50.46a(f)(4) and (f)(5). In particular, it
is necessary that the PRA be maintained
to reflect all plant changes; such as
modifications, procedure changes, or
changes in plant performance data. This
maintenance enables the licensee to
demonstrate that the total increases in
CDF and LERF (or LRF for new reactors)
after adopting § 50.46a continue to meet
the acceptance criteria in § 50.46a(f)(2).
The risk assessments would have to
continue to meet the minimum quality
requirements in §§ 50.46a(f)(4) and (f)(5)
to support reasoned decision making
under the rule.
The revised proposed rule would
specify that the maintenance and
upgrading be conducted periodically
‘‘but no less often than once every two
refueling outages.’’ The NRC believes
that this is an appropriate period
because the uncertainty of risk changes
occurring during the two refueling
outage period is tolerable and unlikely
to result in high risk situations
developing as a result of the
implementation of plant changes. The
NRC’s determination is based upon the
stringent acceptance criteria governing
changes made under § 50.46a, as well as
the existing deterministic criteria in the
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
40035
substantive technical requirements in
Part 50 and the criteria utilized in
determining the acceptability of plant
changes. The updating period specified
in the rule is also comparable to other
NRC requirements governing updating
and reporting of safety information, e.g.,
§§ 50.59, 50.71(e).
If the assessment of the cumulative
effect of changes made under the rule
demonstrates that the acceptance
criteria in § 50.46a(f)(2) are not met,
§ 50.46a(g)(2) would require the licensee
to develop steps and a schedule to bring
the facility design and operation back
into compliance with the acceptance
criteria. These actions may include (but
are not limited to) corrections to the risk
analyses to demonstrate compliance,
implementation of facility changes to
offset adverse changes in risk, or
reversal of changes previously made
under the provisions of § 50.46a(f). The
NRC believes that this requirement
provides appropriate flexibility for the
licensee to determine the actions
necessary to ensure continued
compliance with the § 50.46a(f)
acceptance criteria, and is consistent
with the concept of performance-based
regulation.
5. Do not operate the plant for more
than a total of fourteen days in any 12
month period in an operating
configuration that has not been
demonstrated to meet the ECCS
acceptance criteria for breaks larger than
the TBS.
As previously discussed in the
supplementary information of this
document, the NRC has included
restrictions in the revised proposed rule
on plant operation in configurations
where licensees have not demonstrated
that LOCAs larger that the TBS will be
mitigated. The initial proposed rule
(November 2005) would have
completely prohibited at-power
operation in any configuration without
the demonstrated ability to mitigate a
beyond-TBS LOCA. The revised
proposed rule would restrict operation
in such a configuration to not exceed
fourteen days in any twelve month
period. The NRC believes it is unlikely
that licensees will experience
circumstances where they would
consider operating in such a condition
for more than fourteen days, but has
concluded that the establishing a limit
on the allowable time is necessary to
support the defense-in-depth
philosophy. Even though the LOCA
frequencies on which the TBS is
founded indicate that the expected
frequency of breaks larger than the TBS
is low, the restriction is needed because
there are large uncertainties associated
with these frequency estimates. The
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
40036
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
Commission concluded that the
consequences of a challenge to the
facility from an unmitigated break larger
than the TBS are severe enough to
warrant some confidence that the break
could be mitigated. Thus the revised
proposed rule will limit the allowed
time period for operation in an
unanalyzed condition to fourteen days
in any twelve month period to ensure
that mitigation capability is maintained
except for occasional brief periods long
enough to perform online maintenance
of mitigation structures, systems and
components.
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
G. Reporting Requirements
1. ECCS Analysis Reporting
Requirements
Section 50.46a(g)(1) sets forth
reporting requirements with respect to
changes or errors in LOCA evaluation
models. For each change to or error
discovered in an ECCS evaluation
model or analysis method or in the
application of such a model that affects
the calculated results, the licensee shall
report the nature of the change or error
and its estimated effect on the limiting
ECCS analysis to the NRC at least
annually as specified in § 50.4. If the
change or error is significant, the
licensee shall provide this report within
30 days and include with the report a
proposed schedule for providing a
reanalysis or taking other action as may
be needed to show compliance with
§ 50.46a requirements. The 30 day
period ensures sufficient time for the
licensee to complete its evaluation and
explanation of the changes and
determine the course of action necessary
to address compliance issues. For breaks
smaller than the TBS a significant
change is one which results in a
calculated peak fuel cladding
temperature different by more than 50
degrees Fahrenheit from the
temperature calculated for the limiting
transient using the last acceptable
model, or is a cumulation of changes
and errors such that the sum of the
absolute magnitudes of the respective
temperature changes is greater than 50
degrees Fahrenheit. This requirement is
the same as in § 50.46. The NRC will
also apply these reporting criteria to
LOCAs involving pipe breaks larger
than the TBS unless a specific
alternative is proposed by a licensee and
is approved by the NRC.
2. Risk Assessment Reporting
Requirements
Section 50.46a(g)(2) would set forth
reporting requirements with respect to
the PRA maintenance and upgrading
that would be required by § 50.46a(d)(4).
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
When updating and upgrading the PRA,
§ 50.46a(g)(2) would require the licensee
to report changes to the NRC within 60
days if the acceptance criteria in
§§ 50.46a(f)(2)(ii) or (f)(2)(iii) (for new
reactors) are exceeded. This provision
would also require the report to include
a schedule for implementation of any
corrective actions necessary to bring
plant operation or design back into
compliance with the acceptance criteria.
The 60-day period would ensure
sufficient time for the licensee to
complete its evaluation and explanation
of the changes and determine the course
of action necessary to address adverse
changes in risk, while not unduly
delaying the report to the NRC and
thereby delaying NRC oversight. The
NRC believes it should be informed of
the licensee’s implementation schedule
so the NRC can ensure that the licensee
takes corrective action on a timely basis,
consistent with the safety significance of
the change.
Section 50.46a(g)(3) would require
periodic reports of changes that required
a risk-informed evaluation under
§ 50.46a(d)(3) and were implemented
without prior NRC approval under
paragraph (f)(1) of this section. This
process is comparable in many respects
to the § 50.59 process which requires
similar reports.
H. Documentation Requirements
Section 50.46a(h) of the revised
proposed rule would require that
licensees maintain records sufficient to
demonstrate compliance with § 50.46a
requirements. When making plant
changes under § 50.46a(f) and when
updating its PRA and/or other risk
assessments, licensees would be
required to document the bases for
concluding that the acceptance criteria
in §§ 50.46a(f)(1) and (f)(2) are satisfied
and that they continue to be satisfied
throughout the operating lifetime of the
facility. Licensees are also required
under Part II of Appendix K to Part 50
to document the bases of evaluation
models used to perform ECCS
calculations. Licensees would also be
required to document the time spent in
an operating configuration not
demonstrated to meet the ECCS
acceptance criteria in § 50.46a(c)(3) to
demonstrate compliance with the
fourteen days in any twelve month
period limit in paragraph (d)(5) of this
section. This documentation could be
reviewed during NRC inspections and/
or audits to ensure that the risk criteria
in § 50.46a(f) would be satisfied.
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
I. Submittal and Review of Applications
1. Initial Application for Implementing
Alternative § 50.46a Requirements
When a licensee first applies to adopt
the alternative § 50.46a requirements,
that licensee must submit an application
under § 50.90 for NRC review and
approval of a license amendment
request. The initial application must
contain the information as specified in
§§ 50.46a(c)(1)(i) through (v). This
includes information related to the
applicability to the facility of the
NUREG–1829 and NUREG–1903 results;
information identifying the ECCS
analysis methods to be used;
information describing the licensee’s
risk-informed evaluation process;
information describing the licensee’s
proposed process for making riskinformed changes without prior NRC
approval (if the licensee is seeking
approval of such a process); and
information describing non safety
equipment to be credited for compliance
with the ECCS acceptance criteria in
§ 50.46a(e). A licensee’s initial change
from its existing ECCS analysis need not
be reviewed by the licensee under the
provisions of § 50.59. Because the rule
requires NRC review and approval of
the initial license amendment
application for compliance with the
alternative § 50.46a requirements, there
is no purpose served by also requiring
licensees to perform a § 50.59
evaluation, because § 50.59 is a process
to determine the need for prior NRC
approval of a change to a facility or its
procedures as described in the FSAR.
After the § 50.46a evaluation models
and initial ECCS LOCA analyses are
established by approval of the license
amendment implementing § 50.46a,
subsequent changes to ECCS analyses
would be controlled by the existing
process in § 50.59 (which provides
criteria for determining which changes
are within the licensee’s authority) and
the requirements in § 50.46a(g) for
reporting when changes to evaluation
models and analysis methods (whether
from correction of errors or changes) is
significant.
The initial application may request
one or more facility changes. The initial
application may also include a request
for NRC approval of a process for
evaluating the acceptability of future
changes enabled by § 50.46a using the
provisions in paragraph (f)(1) of this
section. If approval of a process for
evaluating future changes is requested,
the application must include the
information described in
§ 50.46a(c)(1)(iv). Otherwise, this
information would not need to be
submitted in the initial application.
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
2. Subsequent Applications for Plant
Changes Under § 50.46a
1. Similarity of New Reactor Designs to
Existing Reactor Designs
After NRC approval of a licensee’s
initial license amendment application
addressing ECCS analyses and the riskinformed evaluation processes,
licensees may submit individual license
amendment applications for plant
changes under § 50.90. These individual
license amendment applications must
contain:
a. The information required by
§ 50.90;
b. Information from the risk-informed
evaluation demonstrating that the risk
criteria, defense-in-depth criteria, safety
margins, and performance monitoring
criteria in §§ 50.46a(f)(2) and (f)(3) are
met;
c. Information demonstrating that the
ECCS acceptance criteria in
§§ 50.46a(e)(3) and (e)(4) are met; and
d. Information demonstrating that the
proposed change will not increase the
LOCA frequency of the facility by an
amount that would invalidate the
applicability to the facility of the
generic NUREG–1829 and NUREG–1903
reports.
After reviewing the individual plant
change license amendment application,
the NRC may approve the change if it
complies with the above criteria and all
other applicable NRC regulations,
including requirements for plant
physical security. The NRC would
evaluate potential impacts of the
proposed change on facility security to
ensure that the change does not
significantly reduce the ‘‘built-in
capability’’ of the plant to resist security
threats, thus ensuring that the change is
not inimical to the common defense and
security and provides adequate
protection to public health and safety.
Licensees who have not submitted a
request for NRC approval of a process
for evaluating the acceptability of future
changes enabled by § 50.46a using the
provisions in paragraph (f)(1) of that
section may do so at any time by
submitting the information described in
paragraph (c)(1)(iv).
There are several new LWR designs
for which the NRC expects that the
frequency of large LOCAs could be as
low as it is at current LWRs. Thus, it
could be appropriate to allow applicants
to apply the § 50.46a requirements to
these future designs. Accordingly, the
revised proposed rule has been
modified to apply to new LWR reactor
designs; i.e. facilities other than those
which are currently licensed to operate.
Applicants for design certification or
combined licenses, holders of combined
licenses under 10 CFR part 52, or future
licensees of operating light-water
reactors who wish to apply § 50.46a
must submit an analysis for NRC
approval demonstrating why it would
be appropriate to apply the alternative
ECCS requirements and what the
appropriate transition break size (TBS)
would be in order for the new design to
meet the intent of the § 50.46a rule.
In its analysis, the applicant, holder,
or licensee must demonstrate that the
proposed reactor facility is similar to
reactors licensed before the effective
date of the rule. In addressing similarity
of the proposed design to reactors
licensed before the effective date of rule,
the applicant, holder, or licensee would
need to address design, construction
and fabrication, and operational factors
that include, but are not limited to:
(1) The similarity of the piping
materials of construction and
construction techniques for new
reactors to those in the currently
operating fleet;
(2) The similarity of service
conditions and operational programs
(e.g., in-service inspection and testing,
leak detection, quality assurance etc.)
for new reactors to those for operating
plants;
(3) The similarity of piping design,
e.g. pipe sizes and pipe configuration,
for new reactors to those found in
operating plants;
(4) Adherence to existing regulatory
requirements, regulatory guidance, and
industry programs related to mitigation
and control of age-related degradation
(e.g., aging management, fatigue
monitoring, water chemistry, stress
corrosion cracking mitigation etc.); and
(5) Any plant-specific attributes that
may increase LOCA frequencies
compared to the generic results in
NUREG–1829 and NUREG–1903.
The analysis must also include a
recommendation for an appropriate TBS
and a justification that the
recommended TBS is consistent with
the technical basis for this proposed
rule. For those new reactor designs that
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
J. Applicability to New Reactor Designs
As previously discussed under NRC
Topic 1, the NRC has evaluated public
comments and agrees with commenters
who stated that there are no technical
reasons which prevent the revised
proposed § 50.46a regulations from
being applied to new light water reactor
designs that are similar in nature (with
respect to design and expected LOCA
pipe break frequency) to current
operating reactors.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
40037
employ design features that effectively
increase the break size via opening of
specially designed valves to rapidly
depressurize the reactor coolant system
during any size loss of coolant accident,
justification of the relevance of a TBS
would also be necessary. The
methodology used to determine the
proposed TBS should be described in
the justification.
Based on information currently
available, new reactor designs may have
similar piping materials, similar service
conditions and operational programs,
similar piping designs, and similar
mitigation and control of age-related
degradation programs to those found in
currently operating plants. Therefore,
the TBS defined in the proposed rule for
currently operating reactors could
potentially be applicable to some new
reactor designs.
In addition, after obtaining an
operating or combined license for a
plant with a currently-approved
standard design, a licensee could adopt
§ 50.46a if the design is demonstrated to
be similar to the designs of plants
licensed before the effective date of the
rule (by evaluating the criteria above)
and the TBS proposed by the licensee is
found acceptable by the NRC.
2. NRC Request for Public Comments on
the Use of Large Release Frequency
(LRF) as the Risk Acceptance Criteria
Metric for New Reactors
Regulatory Guide 1.174, ‘‘An
Approach for Using Probabilistic Risk
Assessment in Risk Informed Decisions
on Plant Specific Changes to the
Licensing Basis,’’ was originally issued
in July 1998. This RG provides guidance
for a multitude of risk-informed
applications and improves consistency
in regulatory decisions in areas where
the results of risk analyses are used to
help justify regulatory action. The guide
is the foundation for many other riskinformed programs (e.g., inservice
testing, inservice inspection of piping)
at the agency.
Regulatory Guide 1.174 describes five
key principles of the risk-informed,
integrated decision making process. In
Principle 4—When proposed changes
result in an increase in core damage
frequency or risk, the increases should
be small and consistent with the intent
of the Commission’s Safety Goal Policy
Statement—the regulatory guide
presents quantitative guidelines for
acceptably small increases in CDF and
LERF, as depicted in Figures 3 and 4 of
the guide. The magnitude of acceptably
small increases varies stepwise with the
baseline CDF and LERF. A small
increase up to 10¥5 per reactor year for
CDF and 10¥6 per reactor year for LERF
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
40038
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
are normally acceptable until the
baseline risk increases to reference
values of approximately 10¥4 per
reactor year and 10¥5 per reactor year
for CDF and LERF respectively. Plants
with baseline CDF and LERF which
exceed the reference values, or with
baseline risks that are not known with
precision, would normally be limited to
very small risk increases of up to 10¥6
per reactor year and 10¥7 per reactor
year for CDF and LERF, respectively.
Before RG 1.174 was issued, the
Commission’s SRM dated June 26, 1990,
prepared in response to SECY–90–016,
‘‘Evolutionary Light Water Reactor
Certification Issues and their
Relationships to Current Regulatory
Requirements,’’ established a goal for
large release frequency (LRF) of less
than 10¥6 per reactor year for new
reactor design certification and
licensing. These goals are discussed
further in Standard Review Plan
(NUREG–0800) Chapter 19, and RG
1.206 ‘‘Combined License Applications
for Nuclear Power Plants’’ Section
C.I.19.
In light of this difference in the risk
metrics used for currently operating
reactors (LERF) and new reactors (LRF),
the NRC is seeking public comments on
whether LRF should be the metric of
concern in lieu of LERF for new reactor
applicants (or licensees) implementing
the § 50.46a alternative ECCS
requirements. Because the LRF goal for
new reactors is a decade lower than the
10¥5 per reactor year LERF reference
value above which a facility would be
limited to very small increases, should
the definition of what constitutes ‘‘very
small increase’’ and ‘‘minimal increase’’
for LRF (for new reactors) be a full
decade lower than those defined for
LERF (for existing reactors) or should
the definition be based on relative
change in LRF?
The NRC has previously sought
stakeholder input on the issue of risk
metrics for new light-water reactors. A
memorandum dated February 12, 2009,
from R. W. Borchardt, Executive
Director for Operations, to the
Commissioners, ‘‘Alternative Risk
Metrics for New Light-Water Reactor
Risk-Informed Applications’’ (Adams
Accession No. ML090160008), provides
a discussion of the issues. The white
paper attached to that memorandum
presents a full discussion of the issues
and options for applying or modifying
the current set of reactor risk metrics to
new reactors. The paper discusses the
issues posed by the lower risk estimates
of new reactors in risk-informed
applications, including changes to the
licensing basis and the reactor oversight
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
process, and describes the advantages
and disadvantages of each option.
On February 18, 2009, the NRC held
a public meeting with stakeholders on
the topic of risk metrics for new lightwater reactors (see meeting summary;
Adams Accession No. ML090570356).
Additionally, both the NRC and
industry representatives provided a
briefing on the topic at the April 3,
2009, meeting of the ACRS.
As discussed in these documents, the
NRC is considering several options
regarding risk metrics for new reactor
risk-informed applications. The options
include applying the existing operating
reactor acceptance guidelines to new
reactors, using new guidelines and
thresholds for new reactors, or
postponing any significant change to the
process and evaluating new reactors on
a case-by-case basis for an indeterminate
period. As described in the NEI paper,
‘‘Risk Metrics for Operating New
Reactors’’ (ML090900674; March 27,
2009), NEI has expressed its preference
for applying the existing operating
reactor acceptance guidelines to new
reactors (which is referred to as Option
1 in the NRC white paper).
As part of the public comment
process for this revised proposed rule,
public stakeholders are invited to
comment on the use of any of the
alternative risk metric approaches for
determining compliance with the risk
acceptance criteria in § 50.46a.
VI. Specific Topics Indentified for
Public Comment
The NRC seeks specific public
comments on three topics. These issues
were discussed previously in this
document, but are summarized again
here to assist commenters.
1. Although the revised proposed rule
would permit licensees to make plant
changes that result in very small risk
increases, the NRC is requesting
stakeholder comments on whether the
rule should allow plant changes that
increase risk at all. Instead of the risk
acceptance criteria allowing very small
risk increases, should the risk
acceptance criteria in final rule require
that the net effect of plant changes made
under § 50.46a be risk neutral or risk
beneficial? The NRC requests
stakeholders to provide comments on
the use of risk acceptance criteria that
would not allow a cumulative increase
in risk for plant changes made under
§ 50.46a. (See Section V.E.4.b of this
document.)
2. Because of the difference in the risk
acceptance criteria metrics used for
currently operating reactors (LERF) and
new reactors (LRF), the NRC is seeking
public comments on whether LRF
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
should be the metric of concern in lieu
of LERF for new reactor applicants (or
licensees) implementing the § 50.46a
alternative ECCS requirements. Because
the LRF goal for new reactors is a
decade lower than the 10¥5 per reactor
year LERF reference value above which
a facility would be limited to very small
increases, should the definition of what
constitutes ‘‘very small increase’’ and
‘‘minimal increase’’ for LRF (for new
reactors) be a full decade lower than
those defined for LERF (for existing
reactors) or should the definition be
based on relative change in LRF? (See
Section V.J of this document.)
3. In § 50.46a(e)(4)(i) of the revised
proposed rule the NRC proposes
coolable core geometry as a high level
performance-based ECCS analysis
acceptance criterion for beyond-TBS
LOCAs. Applicants would be allowed to
justify appropriate metrics to
demonstrate coolable geometry or use
the current metrics (2200 °F PCT and 17
percent MLO). However, the NRC
acknowledges that it would be
expensive and time-consuming for
industry to develop the necessary
experimental and analytical data to
justify alternative acceptance criteria as
a surrogate for demonstrating coolable
geometry. Because of the difficulty in
demonstrating alternative metrics, the
NRC is requesting stakeholder
comments on whether the final § 50.46a
rule should retain the coolable geometry
criterion for beyond-TBS breaks.
Retaining coolable geometry would give
licensees the option to demonstrate
alternative coolable geometry metrics or
use the current metric (2200 °F PCT and
17 percent MLO). If the NRC removed
the coolable geometry criterion, the
beyond-TBS acceptance criteria would
be the same as the acceptance criteria
for TBS and smaller breaks (2200 °F
PCT and 17 percent MLO). The NRC
will evaluate stakeholder comments on
this question before deciding which
beyond-TBS acceptance criteria to
include in the final rule. (See Section
V.D.2 of this document.)
VII. Petition for Rulemaking, PRM–50–
75
In February 2002, the Nuclear Energy
Institute submitted a petition for
rulemaking (PRM–50–75) requesting the
NRC to revise ECCS requirements by
redefining the large break LOCA
(ML020630082). Notice of that petition
was published in the Federal Register
for public comment on April 8, 2002 (67
FR 16654). The petition requested the
NRC to amend § 50.46 and Appendices
A and K of Part 50 to allow licensees to
use as an alternative to the doubleended rupture of the largest pipe in the
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
RCS, a maximum LOCA break size of
‘‘up to and including an alternate
maximum break size that is approved by
the Director of the Office of Nuclear
Reactor Regulation.’’ Seventeen sets of
comments were received, mostly from
the power reactor industry in favor of
granting the petition. A few
stakeholders were concerned about
potential impacts on defense-in-depth
or safety margins if significant changes
were made to reactor designs based
upon use of a smaller break size. The
NRC considered the public comments,
evaluated the petition, and published a
notice in the Federal Register resolving
the petition and closing the PRM–50–75
docket. (See 73 FR 66000; November 6,
2008.) The NRC concluded that the
issue raised by the petitioner should be
considered in the rulemaking process.
Documents related to the resolution of
PRM–50–75 are available at https://
www.regulations.gov under docket ID:
NRC–2002–0018. The NRC is addressing
the issues raised by the petitioner and
stakeholders in this rulemaking.
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
VIII. Section-by-Section Analysis of
Changes
A. Section 50.34—Contents of
Application; Technical Information
Paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this section
would specify that § 50.46a contains
alternative ECCS requirements that
licensees could choose to apply to
reactors whose construction permits
were issued before the effective date of
the rule. This section also states that
applicants for construction permits for
facilities which may be issued after the
effective date of the rule could also
choose to apply the § 50.46a alternative
ECCS requirements to preliminary
analysis and evaluation of the design if
the applicant demonstrates that the
facility is similar to the designs of
facilities licensed before the effective
date of the rule.
Paragraph (a)(4)(ii) would specify that
applicants for construction permits for
facilities which may be issued after the
effective date of the rule who have not
demonstrated that the facility is similar
to the designs of facilities licensed
before the effective date of the rule may
not apply the § 50.46a alternative ECCS
requirements in the preliminary
analysis and evaluation of the design.
Paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section
would specify that applicants for
operating licenses for facilities which
may be issued before the effective date
of the rule could choose to apply the
§ 50.46a alternative ECCS requirements
in the final analysis and evaluation of
the design. This section also states that
applicants for operating licenses for
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
facilities which may be issued after the
effective date of the rule could also
choose to apply the § 50.46a alternative
ECCS requirements to final analysis and
evaluation of the design if the applicant
demonstrates that the facility is similar
to the designs of facilities licensed
before the effective date of the rule.
Paragraph (b)(4)(ii) would specify that
applicants for operating licenses for
facilities which may be issued after the
effective date of the rule who have not
demonstrated that the design is similar
to the designs of facilities licensed
before the effective date of the rule may
not apply the § 50.46a alternative ECCS
requirements in the final analysis and
evaluation of the design.
B. Section 50.46—Acceptance Criteria
for Emergency Core Cooling Systems for
Light-Water Nuclear Power Plants
Paragraph (a) of this section would
specify that emergency core cooling
systems of BWRs and PWRs licensed
before the effective date of the rule must
be designed under § 50.46 or § 50.46a.
Paragraph (a) would also specify that
emergency core cooling systems of
BWRs and PWRs licensed after the
effective date of the rule could also
choose to comply with the § 50.46a
alternative ECCS requirements if the
applicant or licensee demonstrates that
the design is similar to the designs of
LWR facilities licensed before the
effective date of the rule.
C. Existing Section 50.46a—Acceptance
Criteria for Reactor Coolant System
Venting Systems, Is Administratively
Redesignated as Section 50.46b
D. Section 50.46a—Alternative
Acceptance Criteria for Emergency Core
Cooling Systems for Light-Water
Reactors
Paragraph (a) of this section would
provide definitions for terms used in
other parts of this section. The
definition of evaluation model in
§ 50.46a(a)(2) is the same as in § 50.46.
The definition of loss-of-coolant
accidents in § 50.46a(a)(3) is based on
the existing definition in § 50.46 but has
been modified to indicate that pipe
breaks larger than the TBS are beyond
design-basis accidents.
The new definitions are:
(1) Changes enabled by this section,
which means changes to the facility,
technical specifications, or procedures
that comply with § 50.46a but do not
comply with § 50.46;
(4) Operating configuration, which is
used in § 50.46a(d)(5) to specify plant
equipment availability conditions that
must be analyzed for conformance with
acceptance criteria; and
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
40039
(5) Transition break size (TBS), which
is used to distinguish between
requirements applicable to pipe breaks
at or below this size from those
applicable to pipe breaks above this
size.
Paragraph (b) would provide the
applicability and scope of the
requirements of this section. Proposed
§ 50.46a would apply to currently
licensed light-water nuclear power
reactors (licensed before the effective
date of the rule). Proposed § 50.46a
would also apply to LWRs licensed after
the effective date of the rule which have
been demonstrated to be similar to the
designs of LWR facilities licensed before
the effective date of the rule. Its
requirements would be in addition to
any other requirements applicable to
ECCS set forth in 10 CFR 50, with the
exception of § 50.46.
Paragraph (c)(1) would specify the
contents of initial licensee applications
for implementing the alternative ECCS
requirements in § 50.46a. Paragraph
(c)(1)(i) would require that an
application contain a written evaluation
demonstrating applicability of the
results in NUREG–1829 and NUREG–
1903 to the licensee’s facility. However,
if the facility differs significantly from
the facilities analyzed in NUREG–1903,
the application must contain a plant
specific analysis demonstrating that the
risk of seismically-induced LOCAs
larger than the TBS is comparable to or
less than the seismically-induced LOCA
risk associated with the NUREG–1903
results. Paragraph (c)(1)(ii) would
require identification of the NRCapproved analysis methods to be used to
comply with the ECCS analysis
requirements and acceptance criteria in
paragraph (e). Paragraph (c)(1)(iii)
would require a description of the riskinformed evaluation process used to
determine whether proposed changes to
the facility meet the requirements for
risk-informed evaluations in paragraph
(f). Paragraph (c)(1)(iv) would require
licensees who wish to make changes
enabled by § 50.46a without prior NRC
approval to submit a description of the
risk-informed evaluation process and
the PRA or non-PRA risk-assessment
methods to be used to determine the
acceptability of such changes. The
licensee’s process must be capable of
demonstrating that all of the acceptance
criteria in paragraph (f) will be met for
each change. Paragraph (c)(1)(v) would
require licensees who wish to adopt the
alternative ECCS requirements in
§ 50.46a to submit a description of all
non safety equipment to be relied on to
mitigate the consequences of a LOCA
larger than the TBS.
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
40040
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
Paragraph (c)(2) states that applicants
for a construction permit, operating
license, design approval, design
certification, manufacturing license, or
combined license seeking to implement
the requirements of this section shall, in
addition to the information that would
be required by paragraph (c)(1) of this
section, submit an analysis
demonstrating why the proposed reactor
design is similar to the designs of
currently operating reactors.
Paragraph (c)(3) specifies the
acceptance criteria for approval of
applications to comply with § 50.46a.
Paragraph (c)(3)(i) would require the
evaluation submitted under paragraph
(c)(1)(i) to demonstrate that the NUREG–
1829 results are applicable to the
facility, and the risk of seismicallyinduced LOCAs larger than the TBS is
comparable to or less than the
seismically-induced LOCA risk
associated with the NUREG–1903
results. Paragraph (c)(3)(ii) would
require that the method(s) for
demonstrating compliance with the
ECCS acceptance criteria in paragraphs
(e)(3) and (e)(4) of this section meet the
requirements in paragraphs (e)(1) and
(e)(2). Paragraph (c)(3)(iii) would require
that the risk-informed evaluation
process the licensee proposes to use for
making changes enabled by this section
be adequate for determining whether the
acceptance criteria in paragraph (f) of
this section have been met. Paragraph
(c)(3)(iv) would require that all non
safety equipment credited for
demonstrating compliance with the
ECCS acceptance criteria is identified
and listed as such in plant Technical
Specifications. Paragraph (c)(3)(v)
would require that the reactor design for
all applicants other than those holding
operating licenses issued before the
effective date of the rule be similar to
the designs of current operating reactors
and the applicant’s proposed TBS is
consistent with the technical basis for
Section 50.46a.
Paragraph (d) specifies the
requirements with which licensees
would be required to comply during
facility operation after implementing
§ 50.46a.
Paragraph (d)(1) would require that
the ECCS models be maintained to
comply with the ECCS acceptance
criteria in paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of
this section.
Paragraph (d)(2) would require that
the licensee maintain leak detection
equipment available at the facility and
identify, monitor, and quantify leakage
to reduce the likelihood of a LOCA
larger than the TBS.
Paragraph (d)(3) would require that
changes to the facility, technical
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
specifications, or procedures enabled by
§ 50.46a be evaluated by a risk-informed
evaluation process which demonstrates
that acceptance criteria in § 50.46a(f) are
met.
Paragraph (d)(4), would require
licensees to maintain and upgrade its
PRA analyses no less often than once
every 2 refueling outages. Maintaining a
PRA involves the update of PRA models
to reflect facility changes such as plant
modifications, procedure changes, or
changes in plant performance data.
Upgrading a PRA involves incorporating
into the PRA models a new
methodology or significant changes in
scope or capability that impact the
significant accident sequences. Risk
assessments would be required to
continue to meet the quality
requirements in §§ 50.46a(f)(4) and
(f)(5). Licensees would be required to
take action to ensure that facility design
and operation continue to be consistent
with the risk assessment assumptions
used to meet the acceptance criteria in
§§ 50.46a(f)(2) or (f)(3). Any necessary
changes to the facility caused by
maintaining or upgrading risk
assessments would not be deemed
backfitting.
Paragraph (d)(5) would require
licensees to control plant operation to
ensure that for LOCAs larger than the
TBS, operation in a plant operating
configuration not demonstrated to meet
the acceptance criteria in paragraph
(e)(4) would not exceed a total of
fourteen days in any 12 month period.
Paragraph (d)(6) would require
licensees to perform an evaluation to
determine the effect of all planned
facility changes and would prohibit
licensees from implementing any
facility change that would invalidate the
evaluation performed pursuant to
§ 50.46a(c)(1)(i) demonstrating the
applicability to the licensee’s facility of
the generic results in NUREG–1829 and
NUREG–1903.
Paragraph (e) would provide the ECCS
evaluation model requirements, analysis
requirements, and acceptance criteria
for the two LOCA break size regions.
Paragraph (e)(1) would specify model
and analysis requirements for breaks
smaller than or equal to the TBS. These
requirements are the same as the current
requirements for LOCA analysis models
in existing § 50.46.
Paragraph (e)(2) would specify model
and analysis requirements for breaks
larger than the TBS. Methods for
evaluating ECCS cooling performance
for breaks larger than the TBS must be
approved by the NRC. However the
analysis for breaks larger than the TBS
may be performed using more realistic
analysis inputs and assumptions than
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
those required for breaks smaller than or
equal to the TBS. Analysis of breaks
larger than the TBS need not assume a
coincident single failure of mitigation
equipment or loss of offsite power. Nonsafety grade equipment may also be
credited in analyses of breaks larger
than the TBS provided that onsite
power can supplied to that equipment
in a reasonable time in the event offsite
power is lost.
Paragraph (e)(3) would provide ECCS
acceptance criteria for LOCAs smaller
than or equal to the TBS. The criteria
specified would be the same as the
current requirements in § 50.46(b).
Paragraph (e)(4) would provide ECCS
acceptance criteria for LOCAs larger
than the TBS. These acceptance criteria
would be based on maintaining a
coolable geometry in the core and
demonstrating long term cooling
capability and are less prescriptive than
the criteria presently used for LOCA
analysis.
Paragraph (e)(5) would provide that
the Director of the Office of Nuclear
Reactor Regulation may impose
restrictions on reactor operation if ECCS
requirements are not met. This
paragraph would be added to be
consistent with existing § 50.46 which
also contains this requirement.
Paragraph (f) would provide
requirements for implementing changes
to the facility, technical specifications,
and procedures under § 50.46a.
Paragraph (f)(1) would specify that
licensees may make changes without
NRC approval if:
(i) The changes are permitted under
§ 50.59;
(ii) A risk-informed evaluation
process has been submitted by the
licensee and reviewed and approved by
the NRC under § 50.46a(c)(1)(iv); and
(iii) The change does not invalidate
the evaluation performed under
§ 50.46a(c)(1)(i) of the applicability of
the results in NUREG–1829 and
NUREG–1903 to the licensee’s facility.
Paragraph (f)(2) would state that for
plant changes not permitted under
paragraph (f)(1), licensees must submit
an application for a license amendment
under § 50.90. The application must
contain:
(i) The information required under
§ 50.90;
(ii) For reactors licensed before the
effective date of the rule, information
from the risk-informed evaluation
demonstrating that the total increases in
core damage frequency and large early
release frequency are very small and the
overall risk remains small, and that the
risk-informed change criteria in
paragraph (f)(3) are met;
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(iii) For all applicants other than
those holding operating licenses issued
before the effective date of the rule,
information from the risk-informed
evaluation demonstrating that the total
increases in core damage frequency and
large release frequency are very small,
the overall risk remains small, and the
criteria in paragraph (f)(3) of this section
are met;
(iv) An evaluation of the cumulative
effect of previous changes that have
increased risk but have met the
acceptance criteria. If more than one
plant change is combined, including
plant changes not enabled by § 50.46a,
into a group for the purposes of
evaluating acceptable risk increases, the
evaluation of each individual change
shall be performed along with the
evaluation of combined changes;
(v) Information demonstrating that the
ECCS analysis acceptance criteria in
paragraphs (e)(3) and (e)(4) are met; and
(vi) Information demonstrating that
the proposed change will not increase
the LOCA frequency of the facility
(including the frequency of seismicallyinduced LOCAs) by an amount that
would invalidate the applicability to the
facility of the generic seismic studies
(NUREG–1829, ‘‘Estimating Loss-ofCoolant Accident (LOCA) Frequencies
through the Elicitation Process’’, March
2008 and NUREG–1903, ‘‘Seismic
Considerations for the Transition Break
Size’’, February 2008) that support the
technical basis for § 50.46a.
Paragraph (f)(3) would specify
requirements for all plant changes.
Paragraph (f)(3)(i) would require that
defense-in-depth is maintained.
Paragraph (f)(3)(ii) would require that
adequate safety margins are maintained.
Paragraph (f)(3)(iii) would require that
adequate performance-measurement
programs will be implemented.
Paragraph (f)(3)(iii) provides criteria on
the specific attributes required to meet
the performance measurement
requirements.
Paragraph (f)(2) does not require use
of PRA in assessing risks associated
with the proposed changes. To the
extent that PRA is used, paragraph (f)(4)
of the revised proposed rule would
identify specific technical requirements
for the risk-informed assessment.
(i) Address initiating events from
sources both internal and external to the
plant and for all modes of operation,
including low power and shutdown
modes, that would affect the regulatory
decision in a substantial manner;
(ii) Reasonably represent the current
configuration and operating practices at
the plant;
(iii) Have sufficient technical
adequacy (including consideration of
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
uncertainty) and level of detail to
provide confidence that the total risk
estimate and the change in total risk
estimate adequately reflect the plant and
the effect of the proposed change on
risk; and
(iv) Be determined, through peer
review, to meet industry standards for
PRA quality that have been endorsed by
NRC.
Paragraph (f)(5) would require that to
the extent that risk assessment methods
other than PRA are used to develop
quantitative or qualitative estimates of
changes to risk in the risk-informed
evaluation, an integrated, systematic
process must be used. All aspects of the
analyses must reasonably reflect the
current plant configuration and
operating practices, and applicable
plant and industry operating
experience.
Paragraph (g) would provide the
requirements for making reports to the
NRC.
Paragraph (g)(1) would require
reporting of all errors or changes to
ECCS analyses at least annually as
specified in § 50.4. For significant
changes or errors, licensees would be
required to report within 30 days
including a schedule for reanalysis or
other action as needed to show
compliance with ECCS requirements.
Under paragraph (g)(1)(i), for LOCAs
involving pipe breaks equal to or
smaller than the TBS, significant
changes would be defined as a change
in peak cladding temperature of greater
than 50 °F. Under paragraph (g)(1)(ii),
for LOCAs involving pipe breaks larger
than the TBS, a significant change
would be defined as one resulting in a
significant reduction in the capability to
meet the ECCS acceptance criteria in
§ 50.46a(e)(4).
Paragraph (g)(2) would set forth
reporting requirements with respect to
the PRA maintenance and upgrading
that would be required by § 50.46a(d)(4).
When maintaining and upgrading the
PRA, § 50.46a(g)(2) would require the
licensee to report changes to the NRC
within 60 days if the acceptance criteria
in §§ 50.46a(f)(2)(ii) or (f)(2)(iii) (for new
reactors) are exceeded. This provision
would also require the report to include
a schedule for implementation of any
corrective actions necessary to bring
plant operation or design back into
compliance with the acceptance criteria.
Paragraph (g)(3) would contain
reporting requirements for plant
changes made under § 50.46a(f)(1)
involving minimal risk. A short
description of these changes would be
reported every 24 months.
Paragraph (h) would provide
documentation requirements for plant
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
40041
changes. Following implementation of
§ 50.46a, licensees would be required to
maintain records sufficient to
demonstrate compliance with the
requirements in § 50.46a and § 50.71.
Paragraphs (i) through (l) would be
reserved for future use.
Paragraph (m) would provide that
changes made by the NRC to the TBS
and all changes required to return a
facility to compliance with the
acceptance criteria after a change in the
TBS are not deemed to be backfitting
under 10 CFR 50.109.
E. Section 50.109—Backfitting
This section would be modified to
provide that changes made by the NRC
to the TBS and changes made by
licensees to continue to comply with
§ 50.46a are not deemed to be
backfitting under 10 CFR 50.109.
F. Appendix A to Part 50—General
Design Criteria for Nuclear Power Plants
Five of the general design criteria
contained in Appendix A would be
modified to remove the requirement to
assume a single failure and a loss-ofoffsite power in the systems subject to
these criteria for pipe breaks larger than
the TBS up to and including the DEGB
of the largest RCS pipe for those plants
implementing § 50.46a. The specific
criteria are: GDC 17, Electrical power
systems, GDC 35, Emergency core
cooling, GDC 38, Containment heat
removal, GDC 41, Containment
atmosphere cleanup, and GDC 44,
Cooling water systems. General Design
Criterion 50, Containment design basis,
would also be modified to specify that
for plants under § 50.46a, leak tight
containment capability should be
maintained for ‘‘realistically’’ calculated
temperatures and pressures for LOCAs
larger than the TBS.
G. Section 52.47—Contents of
Applications; Technical Information
Paragraph (a)(4) of this section would
be amended to specify the technical
information to be submitted in an
application for a standard design
certification for a nuclear power facility
filed separately from the filing of an
application for a construction permit or
combined license for such a facility.
New paragraph (a)(4)(i) would to
specify that analyses of emergency core
cooling systems and the need for high
point vents for standard designs
certified after the effective date of the
§ 50.46a rule must be performed under
the requirements of either § 50.46 or
§ 50.46a (for ECCS performance) and
§ 50.46b (for reactor coolant system high
point vents) if the standard design is
demonstrated to be similar to the
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
40042
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
designs of reactors licensed before the
effective date of § 50.46a.
New paragraph (a)(4)(ii) would
specify that analyses of emergency core
cooling systems and the need for high
point vents for standard designs
certified after the effective date of the
§ 50.46a rule must be performed under
the requirements of § 50.46 (for ECCS
performance) and § 50.46b (for reactor
coolant system high point vents) if the
standard design is not demonstrated to
be similar to the designs of reactors
licensed before the effective date of
§ 50.46a.
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
H. Section 52.79—Contents of
Applications; Technical Information in
Final Safety Analysis Report
In this section paragraph (a)(5) would
be amended to specify the technical
information to be submitted in the final
safety analysis report for an application
for a combined license for a nuclear
power facility.
New paragraph (a)(5)(i) would specify
that analyses of emergency core cooling
systems and the need for high point
vents for plants licensed after the
effective date of the § 50.46a rule must
be performed under the requirements of
either § 50.46 or § 50.46a (for ECCS
performance) and § 50.46b (for reactor
coolant system high point vents) if the
design is demonstrated to be similar to
the designs of reactors licensed before
the effective date of § 50.46a.
New paragraph (a)(5)(ii) would
specify that analyses of emergency core
cooling systems and the need for high
point vents for plants licensed after the
effective date of the § 50.46a rule must
be performed under the requirements of
§ 50.46 (for ECCS performance) and
§ 50.46b (for reactor coolant system high
point vents) if the design is not
demonstrated to be similar to the
designs of reactors licensed before the
effective date of § 50.46a.
I. Section 52.137—Contents of
Applications; Technical Information
Paragraph (a)(4) of this section would
be amended to specify the technical
information to be submitted in an
application for approval of a standard
design for a nuclear power facility.
New paragraph (a)(4)(i) would specify
that analyses of emergency core cooling
systems and the need for high point
vents for designs approved after the
effective date of the § 50.46a rule must
be performed under the requirements of
either § 50.46 or § 50.46a (for ECCS
performance) and § 50.46b (for reactor
coolant system high point vents) if the
design is demonstrated to be similar to
the designs of reactors licensed before
the effective date of § 50.46a.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
New paragraph (a)(4)(ii) would
specify that analyses of emergency core
cooling systems and the need for high
point vents for designs approved after
the effective date of the § 50.46a rule
must be performed under the
requirements of § 50.46 (for ECCS
performance) and § 50.46b (for reactor
coolant system high point vents) if the
design is not demonstrated to be similar
to the designs of reactors licensed before
the effective date of § 50.46a.
J. Section 52.157—Contents of
Applications; Technical Information in
Final Safety Analysis Report
Paragraph (f)(1) of this section would
be amended to specify the technical
information to be submitted in the final
safety analysis report for an application
for issuance of a license authorizing
manufacture of nuclear power reactors
to be installed at sites not identified in
the manufacturing license application.
New paragraph (f)(1)(i) would specify
that analyses of emergency core cooling
systems and the need for high point
vents for a license authorizing
manufacture of nuclear power reactors
issued after the effective date of the
§ 50.46a rule must be performed under
the requirements of either § 50.46 or
§ 50.46a (for ECCS performance) and
§ 50.46b (for reactor coolant system high
point vents) if the design is
demonstrated to be similar to the
designs of reactors licensed before the
effective date of § 50.46a.
New paragraph (f)(1)(ii) would specify
that analyses of emergency core cooling
systems and the need for high point
vents for a license authorizing
manufacture of nuclear power reactors
issued after the effective date of the
§ 50.46a rule must be performed under
the requirements of § 50.46 (for ECCS
performance) and § 50.46b (for reactor
coolant system high point vents) if the
design is not demonstrated to be similar
to the designs of reactors licensed before
the effective date of § 50.46a.
IX. Criminal Penalties
For the purposes of Section 223 of the
Atomic Energy Act (AEA), as amended,
the NRC is issuing the proposed rule to
amend § 50.46, add § 50.46a, redesignate
existing § 50.46a as § 50.46b and amend
§§ 52.47, 52.79, 52.137, and 52.157
under one or more of sections 161b,
161i, or 161o of the AEA. Willful
violations of the rule would be subject
to criminal enforcement. Criminal
penalties, as they apply to regulations in
Part 50, are discussed in § 50.111 and as
they apply to the regulations in Part 52,
are discussed in § 52.303.
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
X. Compatibility of Agreement State
Regulations
Under the ‘‘Policy Statement on
Adequacy and Compatibility of
Agreement States Programs,’’ approved
by the Commission on June 20, 1997,
and published in the Federal Register
(62 FR 46517; September 3, 1997), this
rule is classified as compatibility
‘‘NRC.’’ Compatibility is not required for
Category ‘‘NRC’’ regulations. The NRC
program elements in this category are
those that relate directly to areas of
regulation reserved to the NRC by the
AEA or the provisions of Title 10 of the
Code of Federal Regulations, and
although an Agreement State may not
adopt program elements reserved to
NRC, it may wish to inform its licensees
of certain requirements via a mechanism
that is consistent with the particular
State’s administrative procedure laws,
but does not confer regulatory authority
on the State.
XI. Availability of Documents
Comments and other publicly
available documents related to this
rulemaking may be viewed
electronically on the public computers
located at the NRC’s Public Document
Room (PDR), O1 F21, One White Flint
North, 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville,
Maryland. The PDR reproduction
contractor will copy documents for a
fee.
Publicly available documents are
available electronically at the NRC’s
Electronic Reading Room at https://
www.nrc.gov/reading-rm/adams.html.
From this site, the public can gain entry
into the NRC’s Agencywide Document
Access and Management System
(ADAMS), which provides text and
image files of NRC’s public documents.
If you do not have access to ADAMS or
if there are problems in accessing the
documents located in ADAMS, contact
the NRC Public Document Room (PDR)
Reference staff at 1–800–397–4209,
(301) 415–4737 or by e-mail to
pdr@nrc.gov. The NRC is making the
documents identified below available to
interested persons through one or more
of the following methods as indicated.
Public Document Room (PDR). The
NRC Public Document Room is located
at Public File Area O–F21, One White
Flint North, 11555 Rockville Pike,
Rockville, Maryland.
Federal eRulemaking Portal. Go to
https://www.regulations.gov and search
for documents filed under Docket ID
NRC–2004–0006. Address questions
about NRC dockets to Carol Gallagher
(301) 415–5905; e-mail
Carol.Gallager@nrc.gov.
NRC’s Electronic Reading Room
(ERR). The NRC’s public electronic
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
40043
reading room is located at https://
www.nrc.gov/reading-rm.html.
Document
PDR
Web
Err (Adams)
Initial Proposed Rule (70 FR 67598) .......................................................................................
NRC Report—Seismic Considerations for the Transition Break Size (December 2006) ........
Letter from Graham B. Wallis (ACRS) to Dale E. Klein, ‘‘Draft Final Rule To Risk-Inform 10
CFR 50.46, ‘Acceptance Criteria For Emergency Core Cooling Systems For Light-Water
Nuclear Power Reactors’ ’’ (November 16, 2006).
SECY–07–0082—Rulemaking to Make Risk-Informed Changes to Loss-of-Coolant Accident Technical Requirements; 10 CFR 50.46a ‘‘Alternative Acceptance Criteria for Emergency Core Cooling Systems for Light-Water Nuclear Power Reactors,’’ (May 16, 2007).
Commission SRM on SECY–07–0082 (August 10, 2007) ......................................................
Memorandum from Luis A. Reyes to NRC Commissioners, ‘‘Plans And Schedule For The
Rulemaking On Risk-Informed Changes To Loss-of-Coolant Accident Technical Requirements (April 1, 2008).
NUREG–1488—Revised Livermore Seismic Hazard Estimates for Sixty-Nine Nuclear
Power Plant Sites East of the Rocky Mountains (April 1994).
NUREG–1829—Estimating Loss-of-Coolant Accident (LOCA) Frequencies Through the
Elicitation Process (Draft Report; June 2005).
NUREG–1829—Estimating Loss-of-Coolant Accident (LOCA) Frequencies Through the
Elicitation Process (Final Report; March 2008).
NUREG–1903—Seismic Considerations for the Transition Break Size (February 2008) .......
NRC White Paper—Plant-Specific Applicability of 10 CFR 50.46a Technical Basis (February 2009).
Memorandum from Arthur T. Howell to William F. Kane, ‘‘Degradation of the Davis-Besse
Nuclear Power Station Reactor Pressure Vessel Head Lessons-Learned Report’’; (September 30, 2002).
Regulatory Analysis ..................................................................................................................
X
X
X
NRC–2004–0006 .......
NRC–2004–0006 .......
X ................................
ML091060434
ML053470439
ML063190465
X
X ................................
ML070180692
X
X
X ................................
X ................................
ML072220595
ML080370355
X
X ................................
ML052640591
X
X ................................
ML051520574
X
X ................................
ML082250436
X
X
X ................................
X ................................
ML080880140
ML090350757
X
X ................................
ML022740211
X
X ................................
ML091050748
XII. Plain Language
The Presidential memorandum dated
June 1, 1998, entitled ‘‘Plain Language
in Government Writing’’ directed that
the Government’s writing be in plain
language. This memorandum was
published on June 10, 1998 (63 FR
31883). The NRC requests comments on
the proposed rule specifically with
respect to the clarity and reflectiveness
of the language used. Comments should
be sent to the address listed under the
ADDRESSES caption of the preamble.
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
XIII. Voluntary Consensus Standards
The National Technology Transfer
and Advancement Act of 1995, Public
Law 104–113, requires that Federal
agencies use technical standards that are
developed or adopted by voluntary
consensus standards bodies unless
using such a standard is inconsistent
with applicable law or is otherwise
impractical. In this proposed rule, the
NRC proposes to use the following
Government-unique standard: 10 CFR
50.46a. The NRC notes the ongoing
development of voluntary consensus
standards on PRAs, such as the ASME/
ANS RA–Sa–2009 consensus standard
on Probabilistic Risk Assessment for
Nuclear Power Plant Applications. The
Government standards would allow the
use of voluntary consensus standards,
but would not require their use. The
NRC does not believe that these other
standards are sufficient to specify the
necessary requirements for licensees
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
who wish to modify plant ECCS
analysis methods and nuclear power
reactor designs based on the results of
probabilistic risk analysis. The NRC is
not aware of any voluntary consensus
standard addressing risk-informed ECCS
design and consequent changes in a
light-water power reactor facility,
technical specifications, or procedures
that could be used instead of the
proposed Government-unique standard.
The NRC will consider using a
voluntary consensus standard if an
appropriate standard is identified. If a
voluntary consensus standard is
identified for consideration, the
submittal should explain how the
voluntary consensus standard is
comparable and why it should be used
instead of the proposed Governmentunique standard.
XIV. Finding of No Significant
Environmental Impact: Environmental
Assessment
The NRC has determined under the
National Environmental Policy Act of
1969, as amended, and the
Commission’s regulations in Subpart A
of 10 CFR part 51, that this rule, if
adopted, would not be a major Federal
action significantly affecting the quality
of the human environment and,
therefore, an environmental impact
statement is not required. The basis for
this determination is as follows:
This action stems from the NRC’s
ongoing efforts to risk-inform its
regulations. If adopted, the proposed
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
rule would establish a voluntary
alternative set of risk-informed
requirements for emergency core
cooling systems. The alternative
requirements are less stringent in the
area of large break loss-of-coolant
accidents (LOCAs). Using the alternative
ECCS requirements will provide some
licensees with opportunities to change
various aspects of plant design to
increase operational flexibility, increase
power, or decrease costs. Licensee
actions taken under the proposed rule
could either decrease the probability of
an accident or increase the probability
of an accident by a very small amount.
Mitigation of LOCAs of all sizes would
still be required but with less
redundancy and margin for the larger,
low probability breaks. Increases in risk,
if any, would be required to be very
small so that adequate assurance of
public health and safety is maintained.
When considered together, the net effect
of the licensee actions is expected to
have an insignificant effect on accident
probability.
Thus, the proposed action would not
significantly increase the probability or
consequences of an accident, when
considered in a risk-informed manner.
No changes would be made in the types
or quantities of radiological effluents
that may be released offsite, and there
is no significant increase in public
radiation exposure because there is no
change to facility operations that could
create a new or significantly affect a
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
40044
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
previously analyzed accident or release
path.
With regard to non-radiological
impacts, no changes would be made to
non-radiological plant effluents and
there would be no changes in activities
that would adversely affect the
environment. Therefore, there are no
significant non-radiological impacts
associated with the proposed action.
The primary alternative would be the
no action alternative. The no action
alternative, at worst, would result in no
changes to current levels of safety, risk,
or environmental impact. The no action
alternative would also prevent licensees
from making certain plant modifications
that could be implemented under the
proposed rule that could increase plant
safety, increase operational flexibility,
or decrease costs. The no action
alternative would also maintain existing
regulatory burdens for which there
could be little or no safety, risk, or
environmental benefits.
The determination of this
environmental assessment is that there
will be no significant offsite impact to
the public from this action. However,
public stakeholders should note that the
NRC is seeking public participation on
this assessment. Comments on any
aspect of the environmental assessment
may be submitted to the NRC as
indicated under the ADDRESSES heading
of this document.
The NRC has sent a copy of the
environmental assessment and this
proposed rule to every State Liaison
Officer and requested their comments
on the environmental assessment.
XV. Paperwork Reduction Act
Statement
This proposed rule amends
information collection requirements
contained in 10 CFR part 50 that are
subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act
of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq). These
information collection requirements
have been submitted to the Office of
Management and Budget (OMB) for
approval. Existing requirements were
approved by the Office of Management
and Budget, control number 3150–0011.
Type of submission: Revision.
The title of the information collection:
10 CFR part 50—Domestic Licensing of
Production and Utilization Facilities.
The form number if applicable: Not
applicable.
How often the collection is required:
Annually.
Who will be required or asked to
report: Licensees authorized to operate
a nuclear power reactor or applicants for
standard design certifications, combined
licenses, standard design approvals or
manufacturing licenses who have been
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
approved to implement the riskinformed alternative requirements in 10
CFR 50.46a for analyzing the
performance of emergency core cooling
systems during loss-of-coolant
accidents.
An estimate of the number of annual
responses: 12.
The estimated number of annual
respondents: 6.
An estimate of the total number of
hours needed annually to complete the
requirement or request: 53,388 hours
total, including 48,000 hours for
reporting (an average of 8,000 hours per
respondent) + 5,388 hours
recordkeeping (an average of 898 hours
per recordkeeper).
Abstract: The Nuclear Regulatory
Commission (NRC) proposes to amend
its regulations to permit applicants for
and/or holders of power reactor
operating licenses, standard design
certifications, combined licenses,
standard design approvals or
manufacturing licenses to choose to
implement a risk-informed alternative to
the current requirements for analyzing
the performance of emergency core
cooling systems (ECCS) during loss-ofcoolant accidents (LOCAs). In addition,
the proposed rule would establish
procedures and criteria for making
changes in plant design and procedures
based upon the results of the new
analyses of ECCS performance during
LOCAs. A licensee or applicant
choosing to use the provisions of
Section 50.46a would be required to
submit a license amendment request
with the required information, using the
existing processes in Section 50.34 and
Section 50.90.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory
Commission is seeking public comment
on the potential impact of the
information collections contained in
this proposed rule and on the following
issues:
1. Is the proposed information
collection necessary for the proper
performance of the functions of the
NRC, including whether the information
will have practical utility?
2. Is the estimate of burden accurate?
3. Is there a way to enhance the
quality, utility, and clarity of the
information to be collected?
4. How can the burden of the
information collection be minimized,
including the use of automated
collection techniques?
A copy of the OMB clearance package
may be viewed free of charge at the NRC
Public Document Room, One White
Flint North, 11555 Rockville Pike, Room
O–1 F21, Rockville, MD 20852. The
OMB clearance package and rule are
available at the NRC worldwide Web
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
site: https://www.nrc.gov/public-involve/
doc-comment/omb/ for 60
days after the signature date of this
notice.
Send comments on any aspect of
these proposed information collections,
including suggestions for reducing the
burden and on the above issues, by
September 9, 2009 to the Records and
FOIA/Privacy Services Branch (T–5
F53), U.S. Nuclear Regulatory
Commission, Washington, DC 20555–
0001, or by Internet electronic mail to
INFOCOLLECTS.Resource@NRC.gov
and to the Desk Officer, Christine Kymn,
Office of Information and Regulatory
Affairs, NEOB–10202, (3150–0011),
Office of Management and Budget,
Washington, DC 20503. Comments on
the proposed information collection
may also be submitted via the Federal
eRulemaking Portal https://
www.regulations.gov, docket # NRC–
2004–0006. Comments received after
this date will be considered if it is
practical to do so, but assurance of
consideration cannot be given to
comments received after this date. You
may also e-mail comments to
Christine_J._Kymn@omb.eop.gov or
comment by telephone at (202) 395–
4638.
Public Protection Notification
The NRC may not conduct or sponsor,
and a person is not required to respond
to, a request for information or an
information collection requirement
unless the requesting document
displays a currently valid OMB control
number.
XVI. Regulatory Analysis
The NRC has prepared a draft
regulatory analysis on this proposed
regulation. The analysis examines the
costs and benefits of the alternatives
considered by the NRC. The NRC
requests public comment on the draft
regulatory analysis. Availability of the
regulatory analysis is provided in
Section X of this document. Comments
on the draft analysis may be submitted
to the NRC as indicated under the
ADDRESSES heading of this document.
XVII. Regulatory Flexibility
Certification
Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act
(5 U.S.C. 605(b)), the NRC certifies that
this rule will not, if promulgated, have
a significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities.
This proposed rule affects only the
licensing and operation of nuclear
power plants. The companies that own
these plants do not fall within the scope
of the definition of ‘‘small entities’’ set
forth in the Regulatory Flexibility Act or
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
the size standards established by the
NRC (10 CFR 2.810).
XVIII. Backfit Analysis
The NRC has determined that the
proposed rule generally does not
constitute backfitting as defined in the
backfit rule, 10 CFR 50.109(a)(1), and
that three provisions of the proposed
rule effectively excluding certain
actions from the purview of the backfit
rule, viz., § 50.109(b)(2); § 50.46a(d)(4),
and § 50.46a(m), are appropriate. The
basis for each of these determinations
follows.
The NRC has determined that the
proposed rule does not constitute
backfitting because it provides a
voluntary alternative to the existing
requirements in 10 CFR 50.46 for
evaluating the performance of an ECCS
for light-water nuclear power plants. A
licensee may decide to either comply
with the requirements of § 50.46a, or to
continue to comply with the existing
licensing basis of their plant with
respect to ECCS analyses. Therefore, the
backfit rule does not require the
preparation of a backfit analysis for the
proposed rule.
As discussed in Section V.B of this
document, the NRC may undertake
future rulemaking to revise the TBS
based upon re-evaluations of LOCA
frequencies occurring after the effective
date of a final rule. A proposed
amendment to the backfit rule,
§ 50.109(b)(2), would provide that future
changes to the TBS would not be subject
to the backfit rule. The NRC has
determined that there is no statutory bar
to the adoption of such a provision. The
NRC also believes that the proposed
exclusion of such rulemakings from the
backfit rule is appropriate. The NRC
intends to revise the TBS in § 50.46a
rarely and only if necessary based upon
public health and safety and/or common
defense and security considerations.
The NRC also does not regard the
proposed exclusion as allowing the NRC
to adopt cost-unjustified changes to the
TBS. The NRC prepares a regulatory
analysis for each substantive regulatory
action which identifies the regulatory
objectives of the proposed action, and
evaluates the costs and benefits of
proposed alternatives for achieving
those regulatory objectives. The NRC
has also adopted guidelines governing
treatment of individual requirements in
a regulatory analysis (69 FR 29187; May
21, 2004). The NRC believes that a
regulatory analysis performed in
accordance with these guidelines will
be effective in identifying unjustified
regulatory proposals. In addition, this
revised proposed rulemaking as applied
to licensees who have not yet
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
transferred to § 50.46a would not
constitute backfitting for those
licensees, inasmuch as the backfit rule
does not protect a future applicant who
has no reasonable expectation that
requirements will remain static. The
policies underlying the backfit rule
apply only to licensees who have
already received regulatory approval.
Accordingly, the NRC concludes that
the proposed exclusion in § 50.109(b)(2)
of future changes to the TBS from the
requirements of the backfit rule is
appropriate.
As discussed in Section V.E of this
document, § 50.46a(d)(4) would require
that a PRA used to demonstrate
compliance with the risk acceptance
criteria in § 50.46a(f)(1) or (f)(2) be
periodically re-evaluated and updated,
and that the licensee implement
changes to the facility and procedures as
necessary to ensure that the acceptance
criteria continue to be met. To ensure
that such a re-evaluation and updating
of the PRA and any necessary changes
to a facility and its procedures under
§ 50.46a(d)(4) are not considered
backfitting, § 50.46a(d)(4) would
provide that such a re-evaluation,
updating, and changes are not deemed
to be backfitting. The NRC believes that
this exclusion from the backfit rule is
appropriate, inasmuch as application of
the backfit rule in this context would
effectively favor increases in risk. This
is because most facility and procedure
changes involve an up-front cost to
implement a change which must be
recovered over the remaining operating
life of the facility in order to be
considered cost-effective. For example,
assume that after a change is
implemented, subsequent PRA analyses
suggest that the change should be
‘‘rescinded’’ (either the hardware is
restored to the original configuration or
the new configuration is not credited in
design bases analyses) in order to
maintain the assumed risk level. The
cost/benefit determination of the
second, ‘‘restoring’’ change must
address the unrecovered cost of the first
change and the cost of the second,
‘‘restoring’’ change. In most cases,
application of cost/benefit analyses in
evaluating the second, ‘‘restoring’’
change would skew the decision-making
in favor of accepting the existing plant
with the higher risk. Accumulation of
these incremental increases in risk does
not appear to be an appropriate
regulatory approach. Accordingly, the
NRC concludes that the backfitting
exclusion in § 50.46a(d)(4) is
appropriate.
Section 50.46a(m) would provide that
if the NRC changes the TBS specified in
§ 50.46a, licensees who have evaluated
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
40045
their ECCS under § 50.46a shall
undertake additional actions to ensure
that the relevant acceptance criteria for
ECCS performance are met with the new
TBSs, and that these licensee actions are
not to be considered backfitting.
Consequently, the NRC may require
licensees to take action under
§ 50.46a(m) without consideration of the
backfit rule. The NRC has determined
that there is no statutory bar to the
adoption of this provision, and that the
proposed provision represents a
justified departure from the principles
underlying the backfit rule. First, the
NRC’s decision on this matter
recognizes that any future rulemaking to
alter the TBS will require preparation of
a regulatory analysis. As discussed, the
regulatory analysis will ordinarily
include a cost/benefit analysis
addressing whether the costs of the TBS
redefinition are justified in view of the
benefits attributable to the redefinition.
Second, the licensee has substantial
flexibility under the proposed rule to
determine the actions (reanalysis,
procedure and operational changes,
design-related changes, or a
combination thereof) necessary to
demonstrate compliance with the
relevant ECCS acceptance criteria. The
performance-based approach of the
revised proposed rule lends substantial
flexibility to the licensee and may tend
to reduce the burden associated with
changes in the TBS. Accordingly, the
NRC concludes that the backfitting
exclusion in § 50.46a(m) is appropriate.
List of Subjects
10 CFR Part 50
Antitrust, Classified information,
Criminal penalties, Fire protection,
Intergovernmental relations, Nuclear
power plants and reactors, Radiation
protection, Reactor siting criteria,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
10 CFR Part 52
Administrative practice and
procedure, Antitrust, Backfitting,
Combined license, Early site permit,
Emergency planning, Fees, Inspection,
Limited work authorization, Nuclear
power plants and reactors, Probabilistic
risk assessment, Prototype, Reactor
siting criteria, Redress of site, Reporting
and recordkeeping requirements,
Standard design, Standard design
certification.
For the reasons set out in the
preamble and under the authority of the
Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended;
the Energy Reorganization Act of 1974;
and 5 U.S.C. 553; the NRC is proposing
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
40046
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
to adopt the following amendments to
10 CFR parts 50 and 52.
PART 50—DOMESTIC LICENSING OF
PRODUCTION AND UTILIZATION
FACILITIES
1. The authority citation for part 50
continues to read as follows:
Authority: Secs. 102, 103, 104, 105, 161,
182, 183, 186, 189, 68 Stat. 936, 937, 938,
948, 953, 954, 955, 956, as amended, sec.
234, 83 Stat. 444, as amended (42 U.S.C.
2132, 2133, 2134, 2135, 2201, 2232, 2233,
2236, 2239, 2282); secs. 201, as amended,
202, 206, 88 Stat. 1242, as amended, 1244,
1246 (42 U.S.C. 5841, 5842, 5846); sec. 1704,
112 Stat. 2750 (44 U.S.C. 3504 note); Energy
policy Act of 2005, Pub. L. No. 109–58, 119
Stat. 194 (2005). Section 50.7 also issued
under Pub. L. 95–601, sec. 10, 92 Stat. 2951
as amended by Pub. L. 102–486, sec. 2902,
106 Stat. 3123 (42 U.S.C. 5841). Section 50.10
also issued under secs. 101, 185, 68 Stat. 955,
as amended (42 U.S.C. 2131, 2235); sec. 102,
Pub. L. 91–190, 83 Stat. 853 (42 U.S.C. 4332).
Sections 50.13, 50.54(dd), and 50.103 also
issued under sec. 108, 68 Stat. 939, as
amended (42 U.S.C. 2138).
Sections 50.23, 50.35, 50.55, and 50.56 also
issued under sec. 185, 68 Stat. 955 (42 U.S.C.
2235). Sections 50.33a, 50.55a and Appendix
Q also issued under sec. 102, Pub. L. 91–190,
83 Stat. 853 (42 U.S.C. 4332). Sections 50.34
and 50.54 also issued under sec. 204, 88 Stat.
1245 (42 U.S.C. 5844). Sections 50.58, 50.91,
and 50.92 also issued under Pub. L. 97–415,
96 Stat. 2073 (42 U.S.C. 2239). Section 50.78
also issued under sec. 122, 68 Stat. 939 (42
U.S.C. 2152). Sections 50.80–50.81 also
issued under sec. 184, 68 Stat. 954, as
amended (42 U.S.C. 2234). Appendix F also
issued under sec. 187, 68 Stat. 955 (42 U.S.C.
2237)
2. In § 50.34, paragraphs (a)(4) and
(b)(4) are revised to read as follows:
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 50.34 Contents of application; technical
information.
(a) * * *
(4) A preliminary analysis and
evaluation of the design and
performance of structures, systems, and
components of the facility with the
objective of assessing the risk to public
health and safety resulting from
operation of the facility and including
determination of the margins of safety
during normal operations and transient
conditions anticipated during the life of
the facility, and the adequacy of
structures, systems, and components
provided for the prevention of accidents
and the mitigation of the consequences
of accidents.
(i) Analysis and evaluation of ECCS
cooling performance and the need for
high point vents following postulated
loss-of-coolant accidents must be
performed under the requirements of
either § 50.46 or § 50.46a, and § 50.46b
for facilities whose operating licenses
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
were issued after December 28, 1974,
but before [EFFECTIVE DATE OF
RULE], and for facilities for which
construction permits may be issued after
[EFFECTIVE DATE OF RULE] and are
demonstrated under § 50.46a(c)(2) to
have designs that are similar to the
designs of reactors licensed before
[EFFECTIVE DATE OF RULE].
(ii) Analysis and evaluation of ECCS
cooling performance and the need for
high point vents following postulated
loss-of-coolant accidents must be
performed under the requirements of
§ 50.46 and § 50.46b for facilities for
which construction permits may be
issued after [EFFECTIVE DATE OF
RULE] and are not demonstrated under
§ 50.46a(c)(2) to have designs that are
similar to the designs of reactors
licensed before [EFFECTIVE DATE OF
RULE].
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(4) A final analysis and evaluation of
the design and performance of
structures, systems, and components
with the objective stated in paragraph
(a)(4) of this section and taking into
account any pertinent information
developed since the submittal of the
preliminary safety analysis report.
(i) Analysis and evaluation of ECCS
cooling performance following
postulated LOCAs must be performed
under the requirements of either § 50.46
or § 50.46a, and § 50.46b for facilities
whose operating licenses were issued
after December 28, 1974, but before
[EFFECTIVE DATE OF RULE], and for
facilities whose operating licenses are
issued after [EFFECTIVE DATE OF
RULE] and are demonstrated under
§ 50.46a(c)(2) to have designs that are
similar to the designs of reactors
licensed before [EFFECTIVE DATE OF
RULE].
(ii) Analysis and evaluation of ECCS
cooling performance following
postulated LOCAs must be performed
under the requirements of §§ 50.46 and
50.46b for facilities whose operating
licenses are issued after [EFFECTIVE
DATE OF RULE] and are not
demonstrated under § 50.46a(c)(2) to
have designs that are similar to the
designs of reactors licensed before
[EFFECTIVE DATE OF RULE].
*
*
*
*
*
3. In § 50.46, paragraph (a) is
amended by adding an introductory
paragraph and revising paragraph
(a)(1)(i) to read as follows:
§ 50.46 Acceptance criteria for emergency
core cooling systems for light-water nuclear
power plants.
(a) Each boiling or pressurized lightwater nuclear power reactor fueled with
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
uranium oxide pellets within
cylindrical zircalloy or ZIRLO cladding
must be provided with an emergency
core cooling system (ECCS). The ECCS
system must be designed under the
requirements of this section or § 50.46a
for facilities whose operating licenses
were issued before [EFFECTIVE DATE
OF RULE]; for facilities whose operating
licenses, combined licenses under part
52 of this chapter, or manufacturing
licenses under part 52 of this chapter
are issued after [EFFECTIVE DATE OF
RULE] and are demonstrated under
§ 50.46a(c)(2) to have designs that are
similar to the designs of reactors
licensed before [EFFECTIVE DATE OF
RULE]; and for design approvals and
design certifications under part 52 of
this chapter issued after [EFFECTIVE
DATE OF RULE] that are demonstrated
under § 50.46a(c)(2) to have designs that
are similar to the designs of reactors
licensed before [EFFECTIVE DATE OF
RULE]. The ECCS system must be
designed under the requirements of this
section for facilities whose operating
licenses, combined licenses under part
52 of this chapter, or manufacturing
licenses under part 52 of this chapter
are issued after [EFFECTIVE DATE OF
RULE] and are not demonstrated under
§ 50.46a(c)(2) to have designs that are
similar to the designs of reactors
licensed before [EFFECTIVE DATE OF
RULE]; and for design approvals and
design certifications under part 52 of
this chapter that are not demonstrated
under § 50.46a(c)(2) to have designs that
are similar to the designs of reactors
licensed before [EFFECTIVE DATE OF
RULE].
(1)(i) The ECCS system must be
designed so that its calculated cooling
performance following postulated
LOCAs conforms to the criteria set forth
in paragraph (b) of this section. ECCS
cooling performance must be calculated
in accordance with an acceptable
evaluation model and must be
calculated for a number of postulated
LOCAs of different sizes, locations, and
other properties sufficient to provide
assurance that the most severe
postulated LOCAs are calculated.
Except as provided in paragraph
(a)(1)(ii) of this section, the evaluation
model must include sufficient
supporting justification to show that the
analytical technique realistically
describes the behavior of the reactor
system during a LOCA. Comparisons to
applicable experimental data must be
made and uncertainties in the analysis
method and inputs must be identified
and assessed so that the uncertainty in
the calculated results can be estimated.
This uncertainty must be accounted for,
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
so that, when the calculated ECCS
cooling performance is compared to the
criteria set forth in paragraph (b) of this
section, there is a high level of
probability that the criteria would not
be exceeded. Appendix K, Part II
Required Documentation, sets forth the
documentation requirements for each
evaluation model. This section does not
apply to a nuclear power reactor facility
for which the certifications required
under § 50.82(a)(1) have been submitted.
*
*
*
*
*
4. Section 50.46a is redesignated as
§ 50.46b, and a new § 50.46a is added to
read as follows:
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 50.46a Alternative acceptance criteria for
emergency core cooling systems for lightwater nuclear power reactors.
(a) Definitions. For the purposes of
this section:
(1) Changes enabled by this section
means changes to the facility, technical
specifications, and procedures that
satisfy the alternative ECCS analysis
requirements under this section but do
not satisfy the ECCS requirements under
10 CFR 50.46.
(2) Evaluation model means the
calculational framework for evaluating
the behavior of the reactor system
during a postulated design-basis loss-ofcoolant accident (LOCA). It includes
one or more computer programs and all
other information necessary for
application of the calculational
framework to a specific LOCA, such as
mathematical models used, assumptions
included in the programs, procedure for
treating the program input and output
information, specification of those
portions of analysis not included in
computer programs, values of
parameters, and all other information
necessary to specify the calculational
procedure.
(3) Loss-of-coolant accidents (LOCAs)
means the hypothetical accidents that
would result from the loss of reactor
coolant, at a rate in excess of the
capability of the reactor coolant makeup
system, from breaks in pipes in the
reactor coolant pressure boundary up to
and including a break equivalent in size
to the double-ended rupture of the
largest pipe in the reactor coolant
system. LOCAs involving breaks at or
below the transition break size (TBS) are
design-basis accidents. LOCAs
involving breaks larger than the TBS are
beyond design-basis accidents.
(4) Operating configuration means
those plant characteristics, such as
power level, equipment unavailability
(including unavailability caused by
corrective and preventive maintenance),
and equipment capability that affect
plant response to a LOCA.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
(5) Transition break size (TBS) for
reactors licensed before [EFFECTIVE
DATE OF RULE] is a break area equal
to the cross-sectional flow area of the
inside diameter of the largest piping
attached to the reactor coolant system
for a pressurized water reactor, or the
larger of the feedwater line inside
containment or the residual heat
removal line inside containment for a
boiling water reactor. For reactors
licensed after [EFFECTIVE DATE OF
RULE], the TBS will be determined on
a plant-specific basis.
(b) Applicability and scope.
(1) The requirements of this section
may be applied to each boiling or
pressurized light-water nuclear power
reactor fueled with uranium oxide
pellets within cylindrical zircalloy or
ZIRLO cladding whose operating license
was issued prior to [EFFECTIVE DATE
OF RULE]; to each boiling or
pressurized light-water nuclear power
reactor fueled with uranium oxide
pellets within cylindrical zircalloy or
ZIRLO cladding whose operating
license, combined license under part 52
of this chapter or manufacturing license
under part 52 of this chapter is issued
after [EFFECTIVE DATE OF RULE] and
whose design is demonstrated under
§ 50.46a(c)(2) to be similar to the
designs of reactors licensed before
[EFFECTIVE DATE OF RULE]; and to
each boiling or pressurized light-water
nuclear power reactor fueled with
uranium oxide pellets within
cylindrical zircalloy or ZIRLO cladding
whose design approval or design
certification under part 52 of this
chapter is demonstrated under
§ 50.46a(c)(2) to be similar to the
designs of reactors licensed before
[EFFECTIVE DATE OF RULE]. The
requirements of this section do not
apply to a reactor for which the
certification required under § 50.82(a)(1)
has been submitted.
(2) The requirements of this section
are in addition to any other
requirements applicable to ECCS set
forth in this part, with the exception of
§ 50.46. The criteria set forth in
paragraphs (e)(3) and (e)(4) of this
section, with cooling performance
calculated in accordance with an
acceptable evaluation model or analysis
method under paragraphs (e)(1) and
(e)(2) of this section, are in
implementation of the general
requirements with respect to ECCS
cooling performance design set forth in
this part, including in particular
Criterion 35 of Appendix A to this part.
(c) Application. (1) A licensee of a
facility seeking to implement this
section shall submit an application for
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
40047
a license amendment under § 50.90 that
contains the following information:
(i) A written evaluation demonstrating
applicability of the results in NUREG–
1829, ‘‘Estimating Loss-of-Coolant
Accident (LOCA) Frequencies through
the Elicitation Process’’; March 2008
and NUREG–1903, ‘‘Seismic
Considerations for the Transition Break
Size’’; February 2008’’ to the licensee’s
facility. As part of this evaluation, the
application must contain a plant
specific analysis demonstrating that the
risk of seismically-induced LOCAs
larger than the TBS is comparable to or
less than the seismically-induced LOCA
risk associated with the NUREG–1903
results.
(ii) Identification of the approved
analysis method(s) for demonstrating
compliance with the ECCS criteria in
paragraph (e) of this section.
(iii) A description of the risk-informed
evaluation process used in evaluating
whether proposed changes to the facility
meet the requirements in paragraph (f)
of this section.
(iv) A licensee who wishes to make
changes enabled by this section without
prior NRC review and approval must
submit for NRC approval a process to be
used for evaluating the acceptability of
these changes; including:
(A) A description of the approach,
methods, and decisionmaking process to
be used for evaluating compliance with
the acceptance criteria in paragraphs
(f)(1), (f)(2), and (f)(3) of this section,
and
(B) A description of the licensee’s
PRA model and non-PRA risk
assessment methods to be used for
demonstrating compliance with
paragraphs (f)(4) and (f)(5) of this
section.
(v) A description of non safety
equipment that is credited for
demonstrating compliance with the
ECCS acceptance criteria in paragraph
(e) of this section.
(2) An applicant for a construction
permit, operating license, design
approval, design certification,
manufacturing license, or combined
license seeking to implement the
requirements of this section shall, in
addition to the information required by
paragraph (c)(1) of this section, submit
an analysis demonstrating why the
proposed reactor design is similar to the
designs of reactors licensed before
[EFFECTIVE DATE OF RULE] such that
the provisions of this section may
properly apply. The analysis must also
include a recommendation for an
appropriate TBS and a justification that
the recommended TBS is consistent
with the technical basis for this section.
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
40048
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(3) Acceptance criteria. The NRC may
approve an application to use this
section if:
(i) The evaluation submitted under
paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section
demonstrates that the NUREG–1829
results are applicable to the facility, and
the risk of seismically-induced LOCAs
larger than the TBS is comparable to or
less than the seismically-induced LOCA
risk associated with the NUREG–1903
results;
(ii) The method(s) for demonstrating
compliance with the ECCS acceptance
criteria in paragraphs (e)(3) and (e)(4) of
this section meet the requirements in
paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this
section;
(iii) The risk-informed evaluation
process the licensee proposes to use for
making changes enabled by this section
is adequate for determining whether the
acceptance criteria in paragraph (f) of
this section have been met; and
(iv) Non safety equipment that is
credited for demonstrating compliance
with the ECCS acceptance criteria in
paragraph (e) of this section is identified
in plant Technical Specifications.
(v) For all applicants other than those
holding operating licenses issued before
[EFFECTIVE DATE OF RULE], the
proposed reactor design is similar to the
designs of reactors licensed before
[EFFECTIVE DATE OF RULE] and the
applicant’s proposed TBS is consistent
with the technical basis of this section.
(d) Requirements during operation. A
licensee whose application under
paragraph (c) of this section is approved
by the NRC shall comply with the
following requirements as long as the
facility is subject to the requirements in
this section until the licensee submits
the certifications required by § 50.82(a):
(1) The licensee shall maintain ECCS
model(s) and/or analysis method(s)
meeting the requirements in paragraphs
(e)(1) and (e)(2) of this section;
(2) The licensee shall have leak
detection systems available at the
facility and shall implement actions as
necessary to identify, monitor and
quantify leakage to ensure that adverse
safety consequences do not result from
primary pressure boundary leakage from
piping and components that are larger
than the transition break size.
(3) A change enabled by this section
must, in addition to meeting other
applicable NRC requirements, be
evaluated by a risk-informed evaluation
demonstrating that the acceptance
criteria in paragraph (f) of this section
are met.
(4) The licensee shall periodically
maintain and upgrade, as necessary, its
risk assessments to meet the
requirements in paragraph (f)(4) and
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
(f)(5) of this section. The maintenance
and upgrading shall be consistent with
NRC-endorsed consensus standards on
PRA and must be completed in a timely
manner, but no less often than once
every two refueling outages. Based upon
a re-evaluation of the risk assessments
after the periodic maintenance and
upgrading are completed, the licensee
shall take appropriate action to ensure
that the acceptance criteria in
paragraphs (f)(2) or (f)(3) of this section,
as applicable, are met. The PRA
maintenance and upgrading required by
this section, and any necessary changes
to the facility, technical specifications
and procedures as a result of this reevaluation, shall not be deemed to be
backfitting under any provision of this
chapter.
(5) For LOCAs larger than the TBS,
operation in a plant operating
configuration not demonstrated to meet
the acceptance criteria in paragraph
(e)(4) of this section may not exceed a
total of fourteen days in any 12 month
period.
(6) The licensee shall perform an
evaluation to determine the effect of all
planned facility changes and shall not
implement any facility change that
would invalidate the evaluation
performed pursuant to § 50.46a(c)(1)(i)
demonstrating the applicability to the
licensee’s facility of the generic results
in NUREG–1829 and NUREG–1903.
(e) ECCS Performance. Each nuclear
power reactor subject to this section
must be provided with an ECCS that
must be designed so that its calculated
cooling performance following
postulated LOCAs conforms to the
criteria set forth in this section. The
evaluation models for LOCAs must meet
the criteria in this paragraph, and must
be approved for use by the NRC.
Appendix K, Part II, to 10 CFR Part 50,
sets forth the documentation
requirements for evaluation models.
(1) ECCS evaluation for LOCAs
involving breaks at or below the TBS.
ECCS cooling performance at or below
the TBS must be calculated in
accordance with an evaluation model
that meets the requirements of either
section I to Appendix K of this part, or
the following requirements, and must
demonstrate that the acceptance criteria
in paragraph (e)(3) of this section are
satisfied. The evaluation model must be
used for a number of postulated LOCAs
of different sizes, locations, and other
properties sufficient to provide
assurance that the most severe
postulated LOCAs involving breaks at or
below the TBS are analyzed. The
evaluation model must include
sufficient supporting justification to
show that the analytical technique
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
realistically describes the behavior of
the reactor system during a LOCA.
Comparisons to applicable experimental
data must be made and uncertainties in
the analysis method and inputs must be
identified and assessed so that the
uncertainty in the calculated results can
be estimated. This uncertainty must be
accounted for, so that when the
calculated ECCS cooling performance is
compared to the criteria set forth in
paragraph (e)(3) of this section, there is
a high level of probability that the
criteria would not be exceeded.
(2) ECCS analyses for LOCAs
involving breaks larger than the TBS.
ECCS cooling performance for LOCAs
involving breaks larger than the TBS
must be calculated in accordance with
an evaluation model that meets the
requirements of either section I to
Appendix K of this part, or the
following requirements, and must
demonstrate that the acceptance criteria
in paragraph (e)(4) of this section are
satisfied. The evaluation model must
include sufficient supporting
justification to show that the analytical
technique realistically describes the
behavior of the reactor system during a
LOCA. Comparisons to applicable
experimental data must be made and
uncertainties in the analysis method
and inputs must be identified and
assessed so that the uncertainty in the
calculated results can be estimated. This
uncertainty must be accounted for, so
that when the calculated ECCS cooling
performance is compared to the criteria
set forth in paragraph (e)(4) of this
section, there is a high level of
probability that the criteria would not
be exceeded. The evaluation model
must be used for a number of postulated
LOCAs of different sizes, locations, and
other properties sufficient to provide
assurance that the most severe
postulated LOCAs larger than the TBS
up to the double-ended rupture of the
largest pipe in the reactor coolant
system are analyzed. These calculations
may take credit for the availability of
offsite power and do not require the
assumption of a single failure. Realistic
initial conditions and availability of
safety-related or non safety-related
equipment may be assumed if supported
by plant-specific data or analysis, and
provided that onsite power can be
readily provided through simple manual
actions to equipment that is credited in
the analysis.
(3) Acceptance criteria for LOCAs
involving breaks at or below the TBS.
The following acceptance criteria must
be used in determining the acceptability
of ECCS cooling performance:
(i) Peak cladding temperature. The
calculated maximum fuel element
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
cladding temperature must not exceed
2200 °F.
(ii) Maximum cladding oxidation. The
calculated total oxidation of the
cladding must not at any location
exceed 0.17 times the total cladding
thickness before oxidation. As used in
this paragraph, total oxidation means
the total thickness of cladding metal
that would be locally converted to oxide
if all the oxygen absorbed by and
reacted with the cladding locally were
converted to stoichiometric zirconium
dioxide. If cladding rupture is
calculated to occur, the inside surfaces
of the cladding must be included in the
oxidation, beginning at the calculated
time of rupture. Cladding thickness
before oxidation means the radial
distance from inside to outside the
cladding, after any calculated rupture or
swelling has occurred but before
significant oxidation. Where the
calculated conditions of transient
pressure and temperature lead to a
prediction of cladding swelling, with or
without cladding rupture, the
unoxidized cladding thickness must be
defined as the cladding cross-sectional
area, taken at a horizontal plane at the
elevation of the rupture, if it occurs, or
at the elevation of the highest cladding
temperature if no rupture is calculated
to occur, divided by the average
circumference at that elevation. For
ruptured cladding the circumference
does not include the rupture opening.
(iii) Maximum hydrogen generation.
The calculated total amount of hydrogen
generated from the chemical reaction of
the cladding with water or steam must
not exceed 0.01 times the hypothetical
amount that would be generated if all of
the metal in the cladding cylinders
surrounding the fuel, excluding the
cladding surrounding the plenum
volume, were to react.
(iv) Coolable geometry. Calculated
changes in core geometry must be such
that the core remains amenable to
cooling.
(v) Long term cooling. After any
calculated successful initial operation of
the ECCS, the calculated core
temperature must be maintained at an
acceptably low value and decay heat
must be removed for the extended
period of time required by the longlived radioactivity remaining in the
core.
(4) Acceptance criteria for LOCAs
involving breaks larger than the TBS.
The following acceptance criteria must
be used in determining the acceptability
of ECCS cooling performance:
(i) Coolable geometry. Calculated
changes in core geometry must be such
that the core remains amenable to
cooling.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
(ii) Long term cooling. After any
calculated successful initial operation of
the ECCS, the calculated core
temperature must be maintained at an
acceptably low value and decay heat
must be removed for the extended
period of time required by the longlived radioactivity remaining in the
core.
(5) Imposition of restrictions. The
Director of the Office of Nuclear Reactor
Regulation may impose restrictions on
reactor operation if it is found that the
evaluations of ECCS cooling
performance submitted are not
consistent with paragraph (e) of this
section.
(f) Changes to facility, technical
specifications, or procedures. A licensee
who wishes to make changes to the
facility or procedures or to the technical
specifications enabled by this rule shall
perform a risk-informed evaluation.
(1) The licensee may make such
changes without prior NRC approval if:
(i) The change is permitted under
§ 50.59,
(ii) The risk informed evaluation
process described in paragraph (c)(1)(iii)
of this section demonstrates that any
increases in the estimated risk are
minimal compared to the overall plant
risk profile, and the criteria in
paragraph (f)(3) of this section are met,
and
(iii) The change does not invalidate
the evaluation performed pursuant to
paragraph (c)(1)(i) of the applicability of
the results in NUREG–1829 and
NUREG–1903 to the licensee’s facility.
(2) For implementing changes which
are not permitted under paragraph (f)(1)
of this section, the licensee must submit
an application for license amendment
under § 50.90. The application must
contain:
(i) The information required under
§ 50.90;
(ii) For applicants whose operating
licenses were issued before [EFFECTIVE
DATE OF RULE], information from the
risk-informed evaluation demonstrating
that the total increases in core damage
frequency and large early release
frequency are very small and the overall
risk remains small, and the criteria in
paragraph (f)(3) of this section are met;
(iii) For applicants whose operating
licenses were not issued before
[EFFECTIVE DATE OF RULE],
information from the risk-informed
evaluation demonstrating that the total
increases in core damage frequency and
large release frequency are very small
and the overall risk remains small, and
the criteria in paragraph (f)(3) of this
section are met;
(iv) If previous changes have been
made under § 50.46a, information from
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
40049
the risk-informed evaluation on the
cumulative effect on risk of the
proposed change and all previous
changes made under this section. If
more than one plant change is
combined; including plant changes not
enabled by this section, into a group for
the purposes of evaluating acceptable
risk increases; the evaluation of each
individual change shall be performed
along with the evaluation of combined
changes; and
(v) Information demonstrating that the
criteria in paragraphs (e)(3) and (e)(4) of
this section are met.
(vi) Information demonstrating that
the proposed change will not increase
the LOCA frequency of the facility
(including the frequency of seismicallyinduced LOCAs) by an amount that
would invalidate the applicability to the
facility of the generic studies (NUREG–
1829, ‘‘Estimating Loss-of-Coolant
Accident (LOCA) Frequencies through
the Elicitation Process’’, March 2008
and NUREG–1903, ‘‘Seismic
Considerations for the Transition Break
Size’’, February 2008’’) that support the
technical basis for this section.
(3) All changes enabled by this rule
must meet the following criteria:
(i) Adequate defense in depth is
maintained;
(ii) Adequate safety margins are
retained to account for uncertainties;
and
(iii) Adequate performancemeasurement programs are
implemented to ensure the riskinformed evaluation continues to reflect
actual plant design and operation. These
programs shall be designed to detect
degradation of the system, structure or
component before plant safety is
compromised, provide feedback of
information and timely corrective
actions, and monitor systems, structures
or components at a level commensurate
with their safety significance.
(4) Requirements for risk
assessment—PRA. Whenever a PRA is
used in the risk-informed evaluation,
the PRA must, with respect to the area
of evaluation which is the subject of the
PRA:
(i) Address initiating events from
sources both internal and external to the
plant and for all modes of operation,
including low power and shutdown
modes, that would affect the regulatory
decision in a substantial manner;
(ii) Reasonably represent the current
configuration and operating practices at
the plant;
(iii) Have sufficient technical
adequacy (including consideration of
uncertainty) and level of detail to
provide confidence that the total risk
estimate and the change in total risk
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
40050
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
estimate adequately reflect the plant and
the effect of the proposed change on
risk; and
(iv) Be determined, through peer
review, to meet industry standards for
PRA quality that have been endorsed by
the NRC.
(5) Requirements for risk assessment
other than PRA. Whenever risk
assessment methods other than PRAs
are used to develop quantitative or
qualitative estimates of changes to risk
in the risk-informed evaluation, an
integrated, systematic process must be
used. All aspects of the analyses must
reasonably reflect the current plant
configuration and operating practices,
and applicable plant and industry
operating experience.
(g) Reporting. (1) Each licensee shall
estimate the effect of any change to or
error in evaluation models or analysis
methods or in the application of such
models or methods to determine if the
change or error is significant. For each
change to or error discovered in an
ECCS evaluation model or analysis
method or in the application of such a
model that affects the calculated results,
the licensee shall report the nature of
the change or error and its estimated
effect on the limiting ECCS analysis to
the Commission at least annually as
specified in § 50.4. If the change or error
is significant, the licensee shall provide
this report within 30 days and include
with the report a proposed schedule for
providing a reanalysis or taking other
action as may be needed to show
compliance with § 50.46a requirements.
This schedule may be developed using
an integrated scheduling system
previously approved for the facility by
the NRC. For those facilities not using
an NRC-approved integrated scheduling
system, a schedule will be established
by the NRC staff within 60 days of
receipt of the proposed schedule. Any
change or error correction that results in
a calculated ECCS performance that
does not conform to the criteria set forth
in paragraphs (e)(3) or (e)(4) of this
section is a reportable event as
described in §§ 50.55(e), 50.72 and
50.73. The licensee shall propose
immediate steps to demonstrate
compliance or bring plant design or
operation into compliance with § 50.46a
requirements. For the purpose of this
paragraph, a significant change or error
is:
(i) For LOCAs involving pipe breaks
at or below the TBS, one which results
either in a calculated peak fuel cladding
temperature different by more than 50
°F from the temperature calculated for
the limiting transient using the last
acceptable model, or is a cumulation of
changes and errors such that the sum of
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
the absolute magnitudes of the
respective temperature changes is
greater than 50 °F; or
(ii) For LOCAs involving pipe breaks
larger than the TBS, one which results
in a significant reduction in the
capability to meet the requirements of
paragraph (e)(4) of this section.
(2) As part of the PRA maintenance
and upgrading under paragraph (d)(4) of
this section, the licensee shall report to
the NRC if the re-evaluation results in
exceeding the acceptance criteria in
paragraphs (f)(1) or (f)(2) of this section,
as applicable. The report must be filed
with the NRC no more than 60 days
after completing the PRA re-evaluation.
The report must describe and explain
the changes in the PRA modeling, plant
design, or plant operation that led to the
increase(s) in risk, and must include a
description of and implementation
schedule for any corrective actions
required under paragraph (d)(4) of this
section.
(3) Every 24 months, the licensee
shall submit, as specified in § 50.4, a
short description of each change
involving minimal changes in risk made
under paragraph (f)(1) of this section
after the last report and a brief summary
of the basis for the licensee’s
determination pursuant to
§ 50.46a(f)(2)(vi) that the change does
not invalidate the applicability
evaluation made under § 50.46a(c)(1)(i).
(h) Documentation. Following
implementation of the § 50.46a
requirements, the licensee shall
maintain records sufficient to
demonstrate compliance with the
requirements in this section in
accordance with § 50.71.
(i) through (l)—[RESERVED]
(m) Changes to TBS. If the NRC
increases the TBS specified in this
section applicable to a licensee’s
nuclear power plant, each licensee
subject to this section shall perform the
evaluations required by paragraphs
(e)(1) and (e)(2) of this section and
reconfirm compliance with the
acceptance criteria in paragraphs (e)(3)
and (e)(4) of this section. If the licensee
cannot demonstrate compliance with
the acceptance criteria, then the licensee
shall change its facility, technical
specifications or procedures so that the
acceptance criteria are met. The
evaluation required by this paragraph,
and any necessary changes to the
facility, technical specifications or
procedures as the result of this
evaluation, must not be deemed to be
backfitting under any provision of this
chapter.
5. In § 50.109, paragraph (b) is revised
to read as follows:
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
§ 50.109
Backfitting.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Paragraph (a)(3) of this section
shall not apply to:
(1) Backfits imposed prior to October
21, 1985; and
(2) Any changes made to the TBS
specified in § 50.46a or as otherwise
applied to a licensee.
*
*
*
*
*
6. In Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50,
under the heading, ‘‘CRITERIA,’’
Criterion 17, 35, 38, 41, 44, and 50 are
revised to read as follows:
APPENDIX A TO PART 50—GENERAL
DESIGN CRITERIA FOR NUCLEAR
POWER PLANTS
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
CRITERIA
*
*
Criterion 17—Electrical power systems. An
on-site electric power system and an offsite
electric power system shall be provided to
permit functioning of structures, systems,
and components important to safety. The
safety function for each system (assuming the
other system is not functioning) shall be to
provide sufficient capacity and capability to
assure that (1) specified acceptable fuel
design limits and design conditions of the
reactor coolant pressure boundary are not
exceeded as a result of anticipated
operational occurrences and (2) the core is
cooled and containment integrity and other
vital functions are maintained in the event of
postulated accidents.
The onsite electric power supplies,
including the batteries, and the onsite
electrical distribution system, shall have
sufficient independence, redundancy, and
testability to perform their safety functions
assuming a single failure, except for loss of
coolant accidents involving pipe breaks
larger than the transition break size under
§ 50.46a, where a single failure of the onsite
power supplies and electrical distribution
system need not be assumed for plants under
§ 50.46a. For those pipe breaks only, neither
a single failure nor the unavailability of
offsite power need be assumed.
Electric power from the transmission
network to the onsite electric distribution
system shall be supplied by two physically
independent circuits (not necessarily on
separate rights of way) designed and located
so as to minimize to the extent practical the
likelihood of their simultaneous failure
under operating and postulated accident
conditions. A switchyard common to both
circuits is acceptable. Each of these circuits
shall be designed to be available in sufficient
time following a loss of all onsite alternating
current power supplies and the other offsite
electric power circuit, to assure that specified
acceptable fuel design limits and design
conditions of the reactor coolant pressure
boundary are not exceeded. One of these
circuits shall be designed to be available
within a few seconds following a LOCA to
assure that core cooling, containment
integrity, and other vital safety functions are
maintained.
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
Provisions shall be included to minimize
the probability of losing electric power from
any of the remaining supplies as a result of,
or coincident with, the loss of power
generated by the nuclear power unit, the loss
of power from the transmission network, or
the loss of power from the onsite electric
power supplies.
*
*
*
*
*
Criterion 35—Emergency core cooling. A
system to provide abundant emergency core
cooling shall be provided. The system safety
function shall be to transfer heat from the
reactor core following any loss of reactor
coolant at a rate such that (1) fuel and clad
damage that could interfere with continued
effective core cooling is prevented and (2)
clad metal-water reaction is limited to
negligible amounts.
Suitable redundancy in components and
features, and suitable interconnections, leak
detection, isolation, and containment
capabilities shall be provided to assure that
for onsite electric power system operation
(assuming offsite power is not available) and
for offsite electric power system operation
(assuming onsite power is not available) the
system safety function can be accomplished,
assuming a single failure, except for loss of
coolant accidents involving pipe breaks
larger than the transition break size under
§ 50.46a. For those pipe breaks only, neither
a single failure nor the unavailability of
offsite power need be assumed.
*
*
*
*
*
Criterion 38—Containment heat removal.
A system to remove heat from the reactor
containment shall be provided. The system
safety function shall be to reduce rapidly,
consistent with the functioning of other
associated systems, the containment pressure
and temperature following any LOCA and
maintain them at acceptably low levels.
Suitable redundancy in components and
features, and suitable interconnections, leak
detection, isolation, and containment
capabilities shall be provided to assure that
for onsite electric power system operation
(assuming offsite power is not available) and
for offsite electric power system operation
(assuming onsite power is not available) the
system safety function can be accomplished,
assuming a single failure, except for analysis
of loss of coolant accidents involving pipe
breaks larger than the transition break size
under § 50.46a. For those pipe breaks only,
neither a single failure nor the unavailability
of offsite power need be assumed.
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
*
*
*
*
*
Criterion 41—Containment atmosphere
cleanup. Systems to control fission products,
hydrogen, oxygen, and other substances
which may be released into the reactor
containment shall be provided as necessary
to reduce, consistent with the functioning of
other associated systems, the concentration
and quality of fission products released to the
environment following postulated accidents,
and to control the concentration of hydrogen
or oxygen and other substances in the
containment atmosphere following
postulated accidents to assure that
containment integrity is maintained.
Each system shall have suitable
redundancy in components and features, and
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
suitable interconnections, leak detection,
isolation, and containment capabilities to
assure that for onsite electric power system
operation (assuming offsite power is not
available) and for offsite electric power
system operation (assuming onsite power is
not available) its safety function can be
accomplished, assuming a single failure,
except for analysis of loss of coolant
accidents involving pipe breaks larger than
the transition break size under § 50.46a. For
those pipe breaks only, neither a single
failure nor the unavailability of offsite power
need be assumed.
*
*
*
*
*
Criterion 44—Cooling water. A system to
transfer heat from structures, systems, and
components important to safety, to an
ultimate heat sink shall be provided. The
system safety function shall be to transfer the
combined heat load of these structures,
systems, and components under normal
operating and accident conditions.
Suitable redundancy in components and
features, and suitable interconnections, leak
detection, and isolation capabilities shall be
provided to assure that for onsite electric
power system operation (assuming offsite
power is not available) and for offsite electric
power system operation (assuming onsite
power is not available) the system safety
function can be accomplished, assuming a
single failure, except for analysis of loss of
coolant accidents involving pipe breaks
larger than the transition break size under
§ 50.46a. For those pipe breaks only, neither
a single failure nor the unavailability of
offsite power need be assumed.
*
*
*
*
*
Criterion 50—Containment design basis.
The reactor containment structure, including
access openings, penetrations, and the
containment heat removal system shall be
designed so that the containment structure
and its internal compartments can
accommodate, without exceeding the design
leakage rate and with sufficient margin, the
calculated pressure and temperature
conditions resulting from any loss-of-coolant
accident. This margin shall reflect
consideration of (1) the effects of potential
energy sources which have not been included
in the determination of the peak conditions,
such as energy in steam generators and as
required by § 50.44 energy from metal-water
and other chemical reactions that may result
from degradation but not total failure of
emergency core cooling functioning, (2) the
limited experience and experimental data
available for defining accident phenomena
and containment responses, and (3) the
conservatism of the calculational model and
input parameters.
For licensees voluntarily choosing to
comply with § 50.46a, the structural and leak
tight integrity of the reactor containment
structure, including access openings,
penetrations, and its internal compartments,
shall be maintained for realistically
calculated pressure and temperature
conditions resulting from any loss of coolant
accident larger than the transition break size.
*
PO 00000
*
*
Frm 00047
*
Fmt 4701
*
Sfmt 4702
40051
PART 52—LICENSES,
CERTIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS
FOR NUCLEAR POWER PLANTS
7. The authority citation for part 52
continues to read as follows:
Authority: Secs. 103, 104, 161, 182, 183,
185, 186, 189, 68 Stat. 936, 948, 953, 954,
955, 956, as amended, sec. 234, 83 Stat. 444,
as amended (42 U.S.C. 2133, 2201, 2232,
2233, 2235, 2236, 2239, 2282); secs. 201, 202,
206, 88 Stat. 1242, 1244, 1246, as amended
(42 U.S.C. 5841, 5842, 5846); sec. 1704, 112
Stat. 2750 (44 U.S.C. 3504 note); Energy
Policy Act of 2005, Pub. L. No. 109–58, 119
Stat. 594 (2005), secs. 147 and 149 of the
Atomic Energy Act.
8. In § 52.47, paragraph (a)(4) is
revised to read as follows:
§ 52.47 Contents of applications; technical
information
(a) * * *
(4) An analysis and evaluation of the
design and performance of structures,
systems, and components with the
objective of assessing the risk to public
health and safety resulting from
operation of the facility and including
determination of the margins of safety
during normal operations and transient
conditions anticipated during the life of
the facility, and the adequacy of
structures, systems, and components
provided for the prevention of accidents
and the mitigation of the consequences
of accidents.
(i) Analysis and evaluation of
emergency core cooling system (ECCS)
cooling performance and the need for
high-point vents following postulated
loss-of-coolant accidents may be
performed under the requirements of
either § 50.46 or § 50.46a and § 50.46b of
this chapter for designs certified after
[EFFECTIVE DATE OF RULE] and
demonstrated under § 50.46a(c)(2) of
this chapter to be similar to reactor
designs licensed before [EFFECTIVE
DATE OF RULE], or
(ii) Analysis and evaluation of ECCS
cooling performance and the need for
high-point vents following postulated
loss-of-coolant accidents must be
performed under the requirements of
§§ 50.46 and 50.46b of this chapter for
designs that are not demonstrated under
§ 50.46a(c)(2) of this chapter to be
similar to reactor designs licensed
before [EFFECTIVE DATE OF RULE].
*
*
*
*
*
9. In § 52.79, paragraph (a)(5) is
revised to read as follows:
§ 52.79 Contents of applications; technical
information in final safety analysis report.
(a) * * *
(5) An analysis and evaluation of the
design and performance of structures,
systems, and components with the
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
40052
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 / Proposed Rules
objective of assessing the risk to public
health and safety resulting from
operation of the facility and including
determination of the margins of safety
during normal operations and transient
conditions anticipated during the life of
the facility, and the adequacy of
structures, systems, and components
provided for the prevention of accidents
and the mitigation of the consequences
of accidents.
(i) Analysis and evaluation of ECCS
cooling performance and the need for
high-point vents following postulated
loss-of-coolant accidents must be
performed under the requirements of
either § 50.46 or § 50.46a and § 50.46b of
this chapter for facilities licensed after
[EFFECTIVE DATE OF RULE] and
demonstrated under § 50.46a(c)(2) of
this chapter to be similar to reactor
designs licensed before [EFFECTIVE
DATE OF RULE], or
(ii) Analysis and evaluation of ECCS
cooling performance and the need for
high-point vents following postulated
loss-of-coolant accidents must be
performed under the requirements of
§§ 50.46 and 50.46b of this chapter for
facilities licensed after [EFFECTIVE
DATE OF RULE] and not demonstrated
under § 50.46a(c)(2) of this chapter to be
similar to reactor designs licensed
before [EFFECTIVE DATE OF RULE].
*
*
*
*
*
10. In § 52.137, paragraph (a)(4) is
revised to read as follows:
§ 52.137 Contents of applications;
technical information.
rmajette on DSK29S0YB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
(a) * * *
(4) An analysis and evaluation of the
design and performance of SSCs with
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:14 Aug 07, 2009
Jkt 217001
the objective of assessing the risk to
public health and safety resulting from
operation of the facility and including
determination of the margins of safety
during normal operations and transient
conditions anticipated during the life of
the facility, and the adequacy of SSCs
provided for the prevention of accidents
and the mitigation of the consequences
of accidents.
(i) Analysis and evaluation of ECCS
cooling performance and the need for
high-point vents following postulated
loss-of-coolant accidents must be
performed under the requirements of
either § 50.46 or § 50.46a and § 50.46b of
this chapter for designs approved after
[EFFECTIVE DATE OF RULE] and
demonstrated under § 50.46a(c)(2) of
this chapter to be similar to reactor
designs licensed before [EFFECTIVE
DATE OF RULE], or
(ii) Analysis and evaluation of ECCS
cooling performance and the need for
high-point vents following postulated
loss-of-coolant accidents must be
performed under the requirements of
§§ 50.46 and 50.46b of this chapter for
designs that are not demonstrated under
§ 50.46a(c)(2) of this chapter to be
similar to reactor designs licensed
before [EFFECTIVE DATE OF RULE].
*
*
*
*
*
11. In § 52.157, paragraph (f)(1) is
revised to read as follows:
§ 52.157 Contents of applications;
technical information in final safety analysis
report.
(f) * * *
(1) An analysis and evaluation of the
design and performance of structures,
systems, and components with the
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
objective of assessing the risk to public
health and safety resulting from
operation of the facility and including
determination of the margins of safety
during normal operations and transient
conditions anticipated during the life of
the facility, and the adequacy of
structures, systems, and components
provided for the prevention of accidents
and the mitigation of the consequences
of accidents.
(i) Analysis and evaluation of ECCS
cooling performance and the need for
high-point vents following postulated
loss-of-coolant accidents must be
performed under the requirements of
either § 50.46 or § 50.46a and § 50.46b of
this chapter for facilities licensed after
[EFFECTIVE DATE OF RULE] and
demonstrated under § 50.46a(c)(2) to be
similar to reactor designs licensed
before [EFFECTIVE DATE OF RULE], or
(ii) Analysis and evaluation of ECCS
cooling performance and the need for
high-point vents following postulated
loss-of-coolant accidents must be
performed under the requirements of
§§ 50.46 and 50.46b of this chapter for
facilities licensed after [EFFECTIVE
DATE OF RULE] and not demonstrated
under § 50.46a(c)(2) of this chapter to be
similar to reactor designs licensed
before [EFFECTIVE DATE OF RULE].
*
*
*
*
*
Dated at Rockville, Maryland, this 6th day
of July 2009.
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Bruce S. Mallett,
Acting Executive Director for Operations.
[FR Doc. E9–18547 Filed 8–7–09; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 7590–01–P
E:\FR\FM\10AUP2.SGM
10AUP2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 74, Number 152 (Monday, August 10, 2009)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 40006-40052]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: E9-18547]
[[Page 40005]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part II
Nuclear Regulatory Commission
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
10 CFR Parts 50 and 52
Risk-Informed Changes to Loss-of-Coolant Accident Technical
Requirements; Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 152 / Monday, August 10, 2009 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 40006]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION
10 CFR Parts 50 and 52
[NRC-2004-0006]
RIN 3150-AH29
Risk-Informed Changes to Loss-of-Coolant Accident Technical
Requirements
AGENCY: Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
ACTION: Supplemental proposed rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is proposing to amend
its regulations that govern domestic licensing of production and
utilization facilities and licenses, certifications, and approvals for
nuclear power plants to allow current and certain future power reactor
licensees and applicants to choose to implement a risk-informed
alternative to the current requirements for analyzing the performance
of emergency core cooling systems (ECCS) during loss-of-coolant
accidents (LOCAs). The proposed amendments would also establish
procedures and acceptance criteria for evaluating certain changes in
plant design and operation based upon the results of the new analyses
of ECCS performance.
DATES: Submit comments on this supplemental proposed rule by September
24, 2009. Submit comments specific to the information collections
aspects of this supplemental proposed rule by September 9, 2009.
Comments received after the above dates will be considered if it is
practical to do so, but assurance of consideration cannot be given to
comments received after these dates.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments by any one of the following methods.
Comments submitted in writing or in electronic form will be made
available for public inspection. Because your comments will not be
edited to remove any identifying or contact information, the NRC
cautions you against including any information in your submission that
you do not want to be publicly disclosed. You may submit comments on
the information collections by the methods indicated in the Paperwork
Reduction Act Statement of this document.
Federal e Rulemaking Portal: Go to https://www.regulations.gov and
search for documents filed under Docket ID NRC-2004-0006. Address
questions about NRC dockets to Carol Gallagher, (301) 415-5905; e-mail
Carol.Gallagher@nrc.gov.
Mail comments to: Secretary, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission,
Washington, DC 20555-0001, Attn: Rulemakings and Adjudications Staff.
E-mail comments to: Rulemaking.Comments@nrc.gov. If you do not
receive a reply e-mail confirming that we have received your comments,
contact us directly at (301) 415-1966.
Hand deliver comments to: 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland
20852, between 7:30 a.m. and 4:15 p.m. during Federal workdays.
(Telephone (301) 415-1966).
Fax comments to: Secretary, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission at
(301) 415-1101.
You can access publicly available documents related to this
document using the following methods:
NRC's Public Document Room (PDR): The public may examine publicly
available documents at the NRC's PDR, Public File Area O-F21, One White
Flint North, 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland. The PDR
reproduction contractor will copy documents for a fee.
NRC's Agencywide Document Access and Management System (ADAMS):
Publicly available documents created or received at the NRC are
available electronically at the NRC's Electronic Reading Room at https://www.nrc.gov/reading-rm/adams.html. From this page, the public can gain
entry into ADAMS, which provides text and image files of NRC's public
documents. If you do not have access to ADAMS or if there are problems
in accessing the documents located in ADAMS, contact the NRC's PDR
reference staff at 1-800-397-4209, or (301) 415-4737, or by e-mail to
PDR.Resource@nrc.gov.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Richard Dudley, Office of Nuclear
Reactor Regulation, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC
20555-0001; telephone (301) 415-1116; e-mail: richard.dudley@nrc.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Table of Contents
I. Background
II. Rulemaking Initiation
III. Description of Proposed Rule
IV. Discussion on Public Comments
A. Comments on Selection of the TBS
B. Comments on Seismic Considerations Related to the TBS
C. Comments on Thermal-Hydraulic Analysis
D. Comments Related to Probabilistic Risk Assessment
E. Comments Related to Applicability of the Backfit Rule
F. Comments on Topics Requested by the NRC
V. Revised Proposed Rule
A. Overview
B. Determination of the Transition Break Size
C. Evaluation of the Plant-Specific Applicability of the
Transition Break Size
D. Alternative ECCS Analysis Requirements and Acceptance
Criteria
E. Risk-Informed Changes to the Facility, Technical
Specifications, and Procedures
F. Operational Requirements
G. Reporting Requirements
H. Documentation Requirements
I. Submittal and Review of Applications
J. Applicability to New Reactor Designs
VI. Specific Topics Identified for Public Comments
VII. Petition for Rulemaking, PRM-50-75
VIII. Section-by-Section Analysis of Changes
IX. Criminal Penalties
X. Compatibility of Agreement State Regulations
XI. Availability of Documents
XII. Plain Language
XIII. Voluntary Consensus Standards
XIV. Finding of No Significant Environmental Impact: Environmental
Assessment
XV. Paperwork Reduction Act Statement
XVI. Regulatory Analysis
XVII. Regulatory Flexibility Certification
XVIII. Backfit Analysis
I. Background
During the last few years, the NRC has had numerous initiatives
underway to make improvements in its regulatory requirements that would
reflect current knowledge about reactor risk. The overall objectives of
risk-informed modifications to reactor regulations include:
(1) Enhancing safety by focusing NRC and licensee resources in
areas commensurate with their importance to health and safety;
(2) Providing NRC with the framework to use risk information to
take action in reactor regulatory matters, and
(3) Allowing use of risk information to provide flexibility in
plant operation and design, which can result in reduction of burden
without compromising safety, improvements in safety, or both.
The Commission published a Policy Statement on the Use of
Probabilistic Risk Assessment (PRA) on August 16, 1995 (60 FR 42622).
In the policy statement, the Commission stated that the use of PRA
technology should be increased in all regulatory matters to the extent
supported by the state-of-the-art in PRA methods and data, and in a
manner that complements the deterministic approach and that supports
the NRC's defense-in-depth philosophy. PRA evaluations in support of
regulatory decisions should be as realistic as practicable and
appropriate supporting data should be publicly available. The policy
statement also
[[Page 40007]]
stated that, in making regulatory judgments, the Commission's safety
goals for nuclear power reactors and subsidiary numerical objectives
(on core damage frequency and containment performance) should be used
with appropriate consideration of uncertainties.
To implement the policy statement, the NRC developed guidance on
the use of risk information for reactor license amendments and issued
Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.174, ``An Approach for Using Probabilistic Risk
Assessments in Risk-Informed Decisions on Plant Specific Changes to the
Licensing Basis,'' (ADAMS Accession No. ML023240437). This RG provided
guidance on an acceptable approach to risk-informed decision-making
consistent with the Commission's policy, including a set of key
principles. These principles include:
(1) Being consistent with the defense-in-depth philosophy;
(2) Maintaining sufficient safety margins;
(3) Allowing only changes that result in no more than a small
increase in core damage frequency or risk (consistent with the intent
of the Commission's Safety Goal Policy Statement); and
(4) Incorporating monitoring and performance measurement
strategies.
Regulatory Guide 1.174 further clarifies that in implementing these
principles, the NRC expects that all safety impacts of the proposed
change are evaluated in an integrated manner as part of an overall risk
management approach in which the licensee is using risk analysis to
improve operational and engineering decisions broadly by identifying
and taking advantage of opportunities to reduce risk; and not just to
eliminate requirements that a licensee sees as burdensome or
undesirable.
II. Rulemaking Initiation
The process described in RG 1.174 is applicable to changes to plant
licensing bases. As NRC experience with the process and applications
grew, the NRC recognized that further development of risk-informed
regulation would require making changes to the regulations. In June
1999, the Commission decided to implement risk-informed changes to the
technical requirements of Part 50. The first risk-informed revision to
the technical requirements of Part 50 consisted of changes to the
combustible gas control requirements in Title 10 of the Code of Federal
Regulations (10 CFR) Section 50.44 (68 FR 54123; September 16, 2003).
Other risk-informed regulations promulgated by the NRC include Sec.
50.48(c) on fire protection (69 FR 33550; June 16, 2004), Sec. 50.69
on special treatment requirements for systems, structures, and
components (69 FR 68047; Nov. 22, 2004), and Sec. 50.61 on fracture
toughness requirements for protection against pressurized thermal shock
events.
The NRC also decided to examine the ECCS requirements for large
break LOCAs. A number of possible changes were considered, including
changes to General Design Criterion (GDC) 35 and changes to Sec. 50.46
acceptance criteria, evaluation models, and functional reliability
requirements. The NRC also proposed to refine previous estimates of
LOCA frequency for various sizes of LOCAs to more accurately reflect
the current state of knowledge with respect to the mechanisms and
likelihood of primary coolant system rupture. During public meetings,
industry representatives expressed interest in a number of possible
changes to licensed power reactors resulting from redefinition of the
large break LOCA. These include: containment spray system setpoint
changes; fuel management improvements; optimization of plant
modifications and operator actions to address postulated sump blockage
issues; power uprates; and changes to the required number of
accumulators, diesel start times, sequencing of equipment, and valve
stroke times.
The Staff Requirements Memorandum (SRM), of March 31, 2003,
(ML030910476), on SECY-02-0057, ``Update to SECY-01-0133, `Fourth
Status Report on Study of Risk-Informed Changes to the Technical
Requirements of 10 CFR part 50 (Option 3) and Recommendations on Risk-
Informed Changes to 10 CFR 50.46 (ECCS Acceptance Criteria)' ''
(ML020660607), approved most of the NRC staff recommendations related
to possible changes to LOCA requirements and also directed the NRC
staff to prepare a proposed rule that would provide a risk-informed
alternative maximum break size. The NRC began to prepare a proposed
rule responsive to the SRM direction. However, after holding two public
meetings, the NRC found that there were differences between stated
Commission and industry interests.
To reach a common understanding about the objectives of the LOCA
redefinition rulemaking, the NRC staff requested additional direction
and guidance from the Commission in SECY-04-0037, ``Issues Related to
Proposed Rulemaking to Risk-Inform Requirements Related to Large Break
Loss-of-Coolant Accident (LOCA) Break Size and Plans for Rulemaking on
LOCA with Coincident Loss-of-Offsite Power,'' (March 3, 2004;
ML040490133). The Commission provided direction in a SRM dated July 1,
2004, (ML041830412). The Commission stated that the NRC staff should
determine an appropriate risk-informed alternative break size and that
breaks larger than this size should be removed from the design basis
event category. The Commission indicated that the proposed rule should
be structured to allow operational as well as design changes and should
include requirements for licensees to maintain capability to mitigate
the full spectrum of LOCAs up to the double-ended guillotine break
(DEGB) of the largest reactor coolant system (RCS) pipe. The Commission
stated that the mitigation capabilities for beyond design-basis events
should be controlled by NRC requirements commensurate with the safety
significance of these capabilities. The Commission also stated that
LOCA frequencies should be periodically reevaluated and should
increases in frequency require licensees to restore the facility to its
original design basis or make other compensating changes, the backfit
rule (10 CFR 50.109) would not apply.
On March 29, 2005, in SECY-05-0052, ``Proposed Rulemaking for
`Risk-Informed Changes to Loss-of-Coolant Accident Technical
Requirements,' '' the NRC staff provided a proposed rule to the
Commission for its consideration. In an SRM on July 29, 2005, the
Commission directed the NRC staff to publish the proposed rule for
public comment after making certain changes. The most significant
change requested by the Commission was to require that after
implementing the alternative Sec. 50.46a requirements, all subsequent
plant changes made by a licensee would be evaluated by the licensee's
risk-informed process to ensure that they met all of the requirements
in Sec. 50.46a. Another change requested by the Commission was to
address the issue of seismic loading of degraded piping during very
large earthquakes and to solicit public comments on the subject.
On November 7, 2005, (70 FR 67598), the proposed rule was published
in the Federal Register (FR) with a comment period of 90 days. On
December 6, 2005, the Nuclear Energy Institute \1\ (NEI) requested that
the comment period be extended for 30 additional days. NEI stated that
additional time was needed to prepare high quality comments that
reflected an industry consensus perspective. On December 20, 2005, the
[[Page 40008]]
Westinghouse Owners Group (WOG) submitted a letter endorsing the NEI
extension request. On January 18, 2006, the NRC extended the comment
period by 30 days to expire on March 8, 2006. As directed by the
Commission in its SRM on SECY-05-0052, the NRC staff addressed the
seismic issue by preparing a report entitled ``Seismic Considerations
for the Transition Break Size'' (ML053470439). This report was posted
on the NRC's rulemaking Web site and a notice of its availability and
opportunity for public comment was published in the FR on December 20,
2005, (70 FR 75501). A public workshop was held on February 16, 2006,
to ensure that stakeholders understood the NRC's intent and
interpretation of the proposed rule and two public meetings were held
on June 28, 2006, and August 17, 2006, to discuss public comments
received on the proposed rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ All utilities licensed to operate commercial nuclear power
plants in the United States are members of NEI.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
After evaluating all written public comments and comments received
at the public meetings, the NRC completed draft final rule language
that addressed nearly all commenters' concerns. On October 31 and
November 1, 2006, the NRC staff met with the Advisory Committee on
Reactor Safeguards (ACRS) to discuss the draft final rule. In a letter
dated November 16, 2006, (ML063190465) the ACRS provided its evaluation
of the draft final rule. In its November 16, 2006, letter to the
Commission, the ACRS recommended that the rule not be issued in its
current form. The ACRS recommended numerous changes to the rule,
primarily to increase the defense-in-depth provided for large pipe
breaks. The NRC staff evaluated the ACRS recommendations, and in SECY-
07-0082, ``Rulemaking to Make Risk-Informed Changes to Loss-of-Coolant
Accident Technical Requirements''; 10 CFR 50.46a ``Alternative
Acceptance Criteria for Emergency Core Cooling Systems for Light-Water
Nuclear Power Reactors,'' (May 16, 2007) sought additional guidance
from the Commission on the priority of the rule and on the issues
raised by the ACRS. In its August 10, 2007, SRM (ML072220595) in
response to SECY-07-0082, the Commission approved NRC staff
recommendations for a revised priority and approach for addressing the
ACRS concerns and completing the final rule. On April 1, 2008, the NRC
staff provided the Commission with its planned schedule (ML080370355)
for completing the rule.
As the NRC staff proceeded to modify the rule in response to the
ACRS recommendations and the Commission's direction, numerous
substantive changes were made to the requirements in the draft final
rule. After consideration of the extent of these changes, the NRC has
decided to provide another opportunity for public comment focusing on
the revised proposed rule, in order to provide public stakeholders with
another opportunity to review and comment on the new language. Because
of the interrelated nature of the regulatory requirements, the NRC is
republishing the entire 10 CFR 50.46a proposed rule to allow public
comments on the changed requirements and on other closely-related
regulatory provisions.
III. Description of November 2005 Proposed Rule
The proposed rule published on November 7, 2005, (70 FR 67598)
would divide the current spectrum of LOCA break sizes into two regions.
The division between the two regions is delineated by a ``transition
break size'' (TBS). \2\ The first region includes small size breaks up
to and including the TBS. The second region includes breaks larger than
the TBS up to and including the DEGB of the largest RCS pipe. Break
area associated with the TBS is not based upon a double-ended offset
break. Rather, it is based upon the inside area of a single-sided
circular pipe break.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ Different TBSs for pressurized water reactors and boiling
water reactors would be established due to the differences in design
and operation between those two types of reactors.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pipe breaks in the smaller break size region are considered more
likely than pipe breaks in the larger break size region. Consequently,
each break size region is subject to different ECCS requirements,
commensurate with likelihood of the break. LOCAs in the smaller break
size region must be analyzed by the methods, assumptions, and criteria
currently used for LOCA analysis; accidents in the larger break size
region will be analyzed by less conservative assumptions based on their
lower likelihood. Although LOCAs for break sizes larger than the
transition break would become ``beyond design-basis accidents,'' the
proposed rule would require licensees to maintain the ability to
mitigate all LOCAs up to and including the DEGB of the largest RCS pipe
during all operating configurations.
Licensees who perform LOCA analyses using the risk-informed
alternative requirements could find that their plant designs are no
longer limited by certain parameters associated with previous DEGB
analyses. Reducing the DEGB limitations could enable some licensees to
propose a wide scope of design or operational changes up to the point
of being limited by some other parameter associated with any of the
required accident analyses. Potential design changes include
modification of containment spray designs, modifying core peaking
factors, modifying setpoints on accumulators or removing some from
service, eliminating fast starting of one or more emergency diesel
generators, increasing power, etc. Some of these design and operational
changes could increase plant safety because a licensee could modify its
systems to better mitigate the more likely small-break LOCAs. Other
design changes, such as increasing power, could cause increases in
plant risk. Accordingly, the risk-informed Sec. 50.46a option would
establish risk acceptance criteria to ensure the risk acceptability of
all subsequent facility changes. The proposed rule required that all
future facility changes \3\ made by licensees after adopting Sec.
50.46a be evaluated by a risk-informed integrated safety performance
(RISP) assessment process that has been reviewed and approved by the
NRC via the routine process for license amendments.\4\ The RISP
assessment process would ensure that the cumulative effect of all plant
changes involved acceptable changes in risk and was consistent with
other criteria from RG 1.174 to ensure adequate defense-in-depth,
safety margins and performance measurement. Licensees with an approved
RISP assessment process could make certain facility changes without NRC
review if they met Sec. 50.59 \5\ and Sec. 50.46a requirements,
including the criterion that risk increases cannot exceed a ``minimal''
level. Licensees could make other facility changes after NRC approval
if they met the Sec. 50.90 requirements for license amendments and the
criteria in Sec. 50.46a, including
[[Page 40009]]
the criterion that total cumulative risk increase cannot exceed a
``small'' threshold. Potential impacts of the plant changes on facility
security would be evaluated as part of the license amendment review
process.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\3\ The scope of changes subject to the change criteria in Sec.
50.46a(f) of the proposed rule would be greater than the changes
currently subject to Sec. 50.59, which applies only to changes to
``the facility as described in the FSAR.'' The change criteria in
the proposed rule would apply to all facility and procedure changes,
regardless of whether they are described in the Final Safety
Analysis Report (FSAR).
\4\ Requirements for license amendments are specified in
Sec. Sec. 50.90, 50.91 and 50.92. They include public notice of all
amendment requests in the Federal Register and an opportunity for
affected persons to request a hearing. In implementing license
amendments, the NRC typically prepares an appropriate environmental
analysis and a detailed NRC technical evaluation to ensure that the
facility will continue to provide adequate protection of public
health and safety and common defense and security after the
amendment is implemented.
\5\ Requirements in Sec. 50.59 establish a screening process
that licensees may use to determine whether facility changes require
prior review and approval by the NRC. Licensees may make changes
meeting the Sec. 50.59 requirements without requesting NRC approval
of a license amendment under Sec. 50.90.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The NRC would periodically evaluate LOCA frequency information.
Should estimated LOCA frequencies significantly increase such that the
risk associated with pipe breaks larger than the TBS is unacceptable,
the NRC would undertake rulemaking (or issue orders, if appropriate) to
change the TBS. In such a case, the backfit rule (10 CFR 50.109) would
not apply. If previous plant changes were invalidated because of a
change to the TBS, licensees would have to modify or restore components
or systems as necessary so that the facility would continue to comply
with Sec. 50.46a acceptance criteria. The backfit rule (10 CFR 50.109)
would also not apply to these licensee actions.
IV. Discussion of Public Comments
The NRC received comments on the proposed rule from six nuclear
power plant licensees, four nuclear industry organizations, two reactor
vendors, and an NRC employee. The comments provided by NEI were
specifically endorsed by the WOG, the Boiling Water Reactors Owners
Group (BWROG), and three nuclear power plant licensees. The NRC
considered all comments in formulating the revised proposed rule
language. The NRC also received comments from a nuclear engineering
professor on the expert elicitation process for determining the
relationship between pipe break frequency and pipe size that was used
as the baseline for selecting the transition break size. Although these
comments were submitted for NUREG-1829 (Draft Report), ``Estimating
Loss-of-Coolant Accident (LOCA) Frequencies Through the Elicitation
Process'' (ML051520574), they were also considered in the development
of the Sec. 50.46a final rule.
Comments and other publicly available documents related to this
rulemaking may be viewed electronically on the public computers located
at the NRC's Public Document Room (PDR), Public File Area O-F21, One
White Flint North, 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland. Selected
documents, including comments, may be viewed and downloaded
electronically via the Federal e Rulemaking Portal. Go to https://www.regulations.gov and search for documents filed under Docket ID NRC-
2004-0006.
Comments addressed six different general topics: selection of the
TBS, the effect of seismic considerations on the TBS, thermal-hydraulic
ECCS analyses, probabilistic risk analysis, applicability of the
backfit rule, and comments on questions posed by the Commission. The
comments are discussed below by topic area.
A. Comments on Selection of the TBS
Comment. NEI stated that the TBS proposed for boiling water
reactors (BWRs) is overly conservative and may unnecessarily limit or
preclude benefits for BWRs. They suggested that the specified piping
for the BWR TBS should be equivalent to the 16-inch schedule 80 piping
in the shutdown cooling suction line inside containment. The BWROG
supported a reduced TBS for BWRs consistent with the 95th percentile
TBS noted from the expert elicitation (i.e., without additional
conservatisms).
NRC response. The proposed TBS for BWRs is currently based on the
cross-sectional area of the larger of either the shutdown cooling
residual heat removal (RHR) or feedwater pipes which are connected to
the RCS inside containment. These pipe sizes are generally in the 18''
to 24'' range, and are similar in size to the 95th percentile estimates
from the expert elicitation process results for BWRs at a
10-\5\ per year frequency. (It should be noted that the NRC
also considered uncertainties in the estimates based on analysis
sensitivities of the expert elicitation results, such as the method of
aggregating the individual frequency estimates. The 95th percentile
estimate of BWR break size diameter for the geometric mean aggregation
method is approximately 13 inches, and the corresponding break size for
the arithmetic mean aggregation method is approximately 20 inches.) The
actual plant pipe sizes were used as a logical selection criterion;
because for a given size break, it is more likely that a break will be
circumferentially oriented (i.e., a complete severance of the pipe).
The NRC selected the TBS by considering the actual size of the attached
piping, rather than by selecting a single break size value which would
conservatively bound all plant configurations. For BWRs, the pipes
connecting to the RCS, other than the largest reactor recirculation
piping or main steam line piping, are the feedwater and RHR piping.
Also, these pipes are large enough so that a single-ended break of one
of them will generally bound the total cross-sectional discharge area
for a double-sided break in smaller size feedwater or recirculation
pipes. For these reasons, the NRC continues to believe that the TBS for
BWRs should be based on the cross-sectional area of the larger of
either the feedwater or RHR lines inside containment. No changes to the
BWR TBS have been made in the revised proposed rule.
Comment. The Nuclear Energy Institute, the Westinghouse Owners
Group (WOG) and a reactor licensee stated that for pressurized-water
reactors (PWRs) with large piping connected to both the hot and cold
legs, the TBS for the hot leg should be based on the largest connecting
hot leg pipe, and the TBS for the cold leg should be based on the
largest connecting cold leg pipe. These are logical break sizes and
avoid the arbitrary nature of the size of the connecting pipe on the
hot leg being also applied to breaks on the cold leg. If no attached
piping is connected to the cold leg, the cold leg TBS should be the
same as the hot leg TBS. The WOG stated that the NRC and the industry
should take the opportunity of this rule change to determine the
appropriate transition break size and not settle for a rule that is
needlessly conservative. Because the rulemaking cannot easily be
changed in the future as new information becomes available, the TBS
should be based on sound technical facts and expert opinions with some
margin for uncertainties and unknowns that could show up in the future
and erode margins. It is not appropriate to set the TBS on the basis of
where the most benefit would be realized because this may change
tomorrow and there will be no easy recourse. The WOG also said that the
Commissioners have recommended a design basis LOCA cut-off frequency of
10-\5\ per reactor year, which corresponds to a break size
of about a three or four-inch diameter effective break (for PWRs). The
WOG believes that selecting a TBS equal to the largest attached piping
(8- to 12-inch diameter break) is very conservative. However, the WOG
has conducted thermal-hydraulic and risk analyses that show that there
are substantial potential benefits for PWR plants even with this larger
TBS. The WOG agreed that setting the transition break size at the sizes
of the piping attached to the RCS loop is reasonable because it will
provide significant benefit while providing substantial margin to
account for uncertainties or any new information that may become
available on break size vs. frequency. The requirement that plants must
still be able to mitigate breaks larger than the TBS provides even more
margin.
NRC response. In developing the basis for the PWR TBS, the NRC not
only used the mean break frequency estimates from the expert
elicitation but also included additional allowances for
[[Page 40010]]
various uncertainties. To address uncertainties in the elicitation
process, the 95th percentile estimates of break size diameter were
used. Further, the methods of aggregating the individual frequency
estimates were evaluated for sensitivities. For PWRs, the break size at
a 10-\5\ per year frequency using the geometric mean method
is approximately 6 inches, and the corresponding break size for the
arithmetic mean method is approximately 10 inches. This is similar in
size to the cross-sectional area of the largest pipe attached to the
main reactor coolant loop on which the TBS is ultimately based. The
largest attached piping in PWRs is generally in the 12- to 14-inch
nominal pipe size range (with inside diameters corresponding to 10.1 to
11.2 inches), and typically corresponds to the surge line which is
attached to the hot leg. However, on some Combustion Engineering and
Babcock and Wilcox plants, the largest attached pipes may be the RHR,
safety injection, or core flood lines, which may not be similarly
attached to the hot leg. However, as stated in the statement of
considerations for the initial proposed rule (see 70 FR at 67603-
67606), the NRC selected only one size which would uniformly apply for
all locations in the RCS piping, because the expert elicitation did not
provide sufficient detail to distinguish the hot leg from the cold leg
break frequencies. The commenters did not provide additional
information or technical data that justifies different break
frequencies or use of a smaller TBS on the cold leg piping. Thus, no
changes to the PWR TBS were made in the revised proposed rule.
B. Comments on Seismic Considerations Related to the TBS
The TBS specified by the NRC in the November 7, 2005, proposed rule
did not include an adjustment to address the effects of seismically-
induced LOCAs. (See 70 FR at 67604.) On December 20, 2005, the NRC
released a report discussing seismic considerations for the transition
break size (``Seismic Considerations for the Transition Break Size'',
December 2006; ML053470439). The NRC requested specific public comments
on the effects of pipe degradation on seismically-induced LOCA
frequencies and the potential for affecting the selection of the TBS.
These public comments were considered in the final, published report
(NUREG-1903, ``Seismic Considerations for the Transition Break Size'',
February 2008; ML080880140).
Comment. NEI, WOG, BWROG, and a reactor licensee all commented that
the proposed TBS need not be further adjusted due to seismic
considerations. NEI indicated that the NRC's December 20, 2005, report
demonstrates that the seismically-induced LOCA frequency contribution
is less than the 10-5 per reactor year guideline used by the
NRC in determining the TBS. NEI further commented that median seismic
capacities for both the primary piping system and primary system
components are higher than most other safety related power plant
components within the nuclear power plant. Because of these relative
capacities, NEI said the seismic risk from very large, low probability
earthquakes would be controlled by consequential safety component
failure. In addition, NEI stated that the creation of the TBS by itself
does not produce a physical change in the plant that would result in an
appreciable change in seismic risk. The WOG, the BWROG, and a reactor
licensee endorsed the NEI comments. WOG included an additional comment
which stated that the NRC's December report indicated that seismic
loading will only have a small (10 per cent) effect on the LOCA
frequencies estimated by the NRC expert panel (NUREG-1829, Draft
report, June 2005) and that effect is well within the uncertainty
bounds of the frequency estimate of the panel. Furthermore the NRC has
already included a very substantial margin above the break size that
would correspond to a LOCA frequency of 10-5 per reactor
year. Therefore, seismic effects should not change the transition break
size.
NRC Response. The NRC agrees with the commenters' conclusion that
the TBS defined in the proposed rule need not be adjusted further to
account for the effects of seismically induced LOCAs in piping greater
than the TBS. In reaching its conclusion the NRC considered the
comments received as well as historical information related to piping
degradation and the potential for the presence of cracks sufficiently
large that pipe failure would be expected under loads associated with
rare (10-5 per year) earthquakes.
The NRC report NUREG-1903, ``Seismic Considerations for the
Transition Break Size'' (February 2008; ML080880140) considered the
potential contribution from two mechanisms: direct piping failures and
indirect failures. Direct failures are those pipe ruptures that result
when the combined earthquake loadings and normal stresses exceed the
strength of the pipe. The report concluded that direct failures from
earthquakes with return frequencies of 10-5 per year and
10-6 per year would not be expected unless cracks on the
order of 30 percent through-wall and approximately 145 degrees around
the piping circumference were present at the time of the earthquake.
The NRC reviewed its experience with flaws in reactor coolant system
piping to assess whether cracks of this magnitude have ever been found
in RCS main loop piping, or if other information suggests that cracks
of this magnitude are likely. The NRC considered both fabrication
induced flaws and service induced flaws. No large fabrication flaws
have ever been reported. If large fabrication flaws were present and
were not detected by the initial fabrication inspections and subsequent
in-service inspections, it would be expected that some would have grown
through-wall over time as a result of fatigue or other mechanisms and
would have been discovered through leakage. This has not been observed
even though most plants have been in operation for more than 20 years.
With respect to service induced flaws, the NRC also considered the
potential for known degradation mechanisms to induce cracks of the
critical size. For BWRs, intergranular stress corrosion cracking
(IGSCC) is the only mechanism that has been shown to produce large
cracks. However, regulatory and industry programs have been in place
for many years to specifically address this mechanism and as a result,
IGSCC is being effectively managed. In PWRs, a number of partly
through-wall flaws and a small number of through-wall flaws have been
discovered and have been attributed to primary water stress corrosion
cracking (PWSCC). To date, all flaws discovered were considerably
smaller than flaws that would lead to failure under 10-5 and
10-6 per year earthquake loadings. PWR plant owners have
established programs to address PWSCC in susceptible reactor coolant
system piping welds. They are inspecting these welds more frequently
and, in most cases, are applying mitigation techniques to manage PWSCC.
The NRC is working with the American Society of Mechanical Engineers
(ASME) to establish a regulatory framework for improved inspection and
mitigation of PWSCC in these welds. The NRC expects that these measures
will ensure that PWSCC will be effectively managed. As a result of the
above considerations, the NRC considers the likelihood of flaws large
enough to fail under 10-5 and 10-6 per year
earthquake loadings to be sufficiently low that the TBS need not be
modified to address seismically induced direct failures.
Indirect failures are primary system pipe ruptures that are a
consequence of
[[Page 40011]]
failures in non-primary system components or structural support
failures (such as a steam generator support). Structural support
failures could then cause displacements in components that stress the
piping and result in pipe failure. The NRC performed studies on two
plants to estimate the conditional pipe failure probability due to
structural support failure given a low return frequency earthquake
(10-5 to 10-6 per year). The results indicated
that the conditional failure probability was on the order of 0.1. These
studies used seismic hazard curves from NUREG-1488, ``Revised Livermore
Seismic Hazard Estimates for Sixty-Nine Nuclear Power Plant Sites East
of the Rocky Mountains,'' (April 1994; ML052640591). More recent
indirect failure studies were completed by the Electric Power Research
Institute (EPRI) on three plants using updated seismic hazard
estimates. The updated seismic hazard increases the peak ground
acceleration at some sites. The highest pipe failure probability
calculated for the three plants in the industry analyses was 6 x
10-6 per year. Although the EPRI failure probability was
higher than either of the two cases calculated by the NRC, the result
is still lower than the TBS selection guideline of 10-5 per
reactor year. The NRC noted in its report that indirect failure
analyses are highly plant-specific. Therefore it is possible that
example plants assessed in the NRC and EPRI analyses are not limiting
for all plants.
The NRC has considered the importance of indirect failures on the
selection of the TBS. For the cases considered in both the EPRI and NRC
studies, the likelihood of indirectly induced piping failures resulting
from major component support failures is less than 10-5 per
reactor year, the frequency criterion used to select the TBS. Also, as
noted in the public comments, the median seismic capacities for both
the primary piping system and primary system components are typically
higher than other safety related components within the nuclear power
plant. Because of these relative capacities, it is expected that a
seismic event of sufficient magnitude to cause consequential failure
within the primary system would also induce failure of components in
multiple trains of mitigation systems, or even induce multiple RCS pipe
breaks. Consequently, the risk contribution from seismically induced
indirect failures is expected to depend more heavily on the relative
fragilities of plant components and systems than the size of the TBS.
Therefore, adjustment to the TBS for seismically induced indirect LOCAs
is also not warranted.
Comment. In the proposed rule, the NRC stated that the final rule
might include requirements for licensees to perform plant-specific
assessments of seismically-induced pipe breaks and, if necessary,
implement augmented in-service inspection plans before implementing the
alternative ECCS requirements. NEI, WOG, BWROG, and a reactor licensee
all commented that plant specific assessments should not be required to
demonstrate that the seismically induced pipe breaks do not
significantly affect the likelihood of pipe breaks larger than the TBS.
NEI indicated that the NRC's December 20, 2005 report, ``Seismic
Considerations for the Transition Break Size'' demonstrates that the
seismically induced LOCA frequency contribution is less than the
10-5 per reactor year guideline limit used by the NRC in
determining the TBS. NEI further commented that indirect LOCA seismic
studies had been performed by EPRI for a limited number of plants using
more recent seismic hazard estimates than those used in the NRC's
December study. The EPRI study estimated that the indirect LOCA
probability was less than 10-5 per year for the plants
examined. The EPRI study found that although the latest seismic hazard
has increased for some parts of the central and eastern United States,
there are several mitigating phenomena that have been established
within the new plant seismic program which tend to counter much of that
increase. NEI also stated that for a risk informed application, the
change in risk should be the primary metric for decision making. The
change in risk relative to seismic events is estimated to be negligible
based upon the fact that the TBS threshold does not directly impact
either the seismic hazard or the plant seismic fragilities. The WOG,
the BWROG, and a licensee all endorsed the NEI comments. WOG included
an additional comment which stated that the NRC's December report
indicated that seismic loading will only have a small (~10 percent)
effect on the LOCA frequencies estimated by the NRC expert panel
(NUREG-1829 Draft Report, June 2005) and that effect is well within the
uncertainty bounds of the frequency estimate of the panel. A reactor
licensee had an additional comment that plant specific assessments to
determine the frequency of seismically induced pipe breaks would be
very difficult to complete. The licensee said that because pipe
inspection and repair are such an integral part of plant operations,
after a plant seismic assessment was completed, its conclusions would
then be prejudiced by implementation of piping inspection and repair
programs. The commenter did not explain in detail how the results would
be prejudiced. The commenter also suggested that more technically valid
piping failure probabilities might be obtainable through an extensive
research program, but noted it is questionable whether this would
provide additional risk insights.
NRC response. The NRC disagrees with the commenters that plant
specific assessments of seismically induced pipe breaks are not
necessary before implementing the alternative ECCS requirements. As
discussed in the previous comment, although seismic considerations do
not significantly affect TBS selection, the generic nature of the
seismic risk studies requires an applicant to demonstrate that these
studies are applicable to its plant and site.
The NUREG-1903 study did generically conclude (based on operating
experience, probabilistic risk assessment insights, experimental
testing, and analysis) that the likelihood of seismic-induced unflawed
piping failure was much less than 10-5 per year. However, a
general conclusion about the likelihood of seismic-induced flawed
piping failure could not be reached for all plants. Twenty-six plant-
specific calculations were conducted in NUREG-1903 using available
seismic hazard assessments for plants east of the Rocky Mountains
(i.e., from NUREG-1488; April, 1994) and piping stress and material
information obtained from historical leak-before-break applications.
These calculations indicated that extremely large circumferential flaws
(i.e., greater than 30 percent of the piping wall thickness for a flaw
approximately 145 degrees around the piping circumference) would be
required before failure would occur due to earthquakes with a return
frequency of 10-5 or 10-6 per year. However, the
plant-specific conditions used in the calculations were not chosen to
bound conditions at all nuclear power plants. Additionally, some plants
may have updated seismic hazard, piping stress, material property, or
other information used in the flawed piping evaluation. Thus, the
NUREG-1903 results may not be applicable to every plant.
The ACRS, in its letter dated November 16, 2006 (ML063190465), also
noted that seismic hazards are very plant specific. The ACRS further
recommended that licensees who adopt Sec. 50.46a should demonstrate
that the results developed by the NRC bound the
[[Page 40012]]
likelihood of seismically induced failure at their plants. The
Committee further stated that licensees may have to perform additional
calculations to demonstrate a comparable robustness of flawed piping.
The ACRS recommendations are consistent with the limitations of the
NUREG-1903 study as noted above.
It would also be inconsistent with the Commission's intent to allow
the relaxation of ECCS requirements at a plant with a seismically
induced large break LOCA frequency greater than the 10-5 per
reactor year criteria used for selecting the TBS in the proposed rule.
Because seismic analyses and, in particular, indirect failure estimates
are highly plant and site specific (as noted in NUREG-1903 and in ACRS
comments), the NRC believes that it is necessary for a licensee to
demonstrate that its seismic LOCA frequency is sufficiently low before
implementation of the alternative ECCS requirements. Depending upon the
results of the plant specific assessment, it may be necessary to
implement augmented in-service inspection plans. As discussed below in
Section V.C. of this document, the NRC is currently preparing guidance
for conducting these plant-specific assessments (``Plant-Specific
Applicability of 10 CFR 50.46 Technical Basis,'' February 2009;
ML090350757).
C. Comments on Thermal-Hydraulic Analysis
Comment. Both NEI and WOG recommended that the proposed new
reporting requirement in Sec. 50.46a(g)(1)(i) of a 0.4 percent change
in oxidation as the threshold for reporting a change, or the sum of
changes, in calculated clad oxidation be changed from 0.4 percent to
2.0 percent. WOG noted that the rationale for selecting 0.4 percent is
that it is the same, on a percentage basis, as the existing peak
cladding temperature (PCT) change reporting requirement. WOG also
stated that this rationale is only true if one considers the range of
interest of PCT as 0 to 2200 degrees Fahrenheit ([deg]F) [(50 [deg]F/
2200 [deg]F) x (17 percent) = 0.4 percent]. If instead, one considers
the range of interest of PCT as 1700-2200 [deg]F or 1800-2200 [deg]F,
from the perspective of transient oxide build-up, this same rationale
gives a significance threshold of 1.7 or 2.1 percent. On this basis,
WOG recommended that the significance threshold for changes in
oxidation be revised to 2.0 percent.
WOG also noted that changes in oxidation are much more difficult to
estimate than changes in peak cladding temperature because oxidation is
an integrated parameter based on the temperature transient versus time,
whereas PCT is a point value. If the significance threshold for
oxidation is not adjusted as recommended above, it is anticipated that
the new oxidation reporting requirement will require more frequent re-
analyses than the current regulations require, with no commensurate
benefit to the public health and safety.
NRC response. The basis for the 0.4 per year oxidation change is
that the ratio of the reporting threshold value to the change in
oxidation from a ``normal'' operating level of 4 percent (based on a
twice-burned oxidation thickness of 65 [mu] for Zircalloy-4) to a
maximum level of 17 percent should be the same as the ratio of the
reporting threshold value to the change from the normal operating
cladding temperature of 600 [deg]F to the allowed PCT of 2200 [deg]F.
On that basis the oxidation change of 0.4 percent was chosen. The trend
toward thinner cladding material raises the initial oxidation
percentage even closer to the maximum local oxidation limit and reduces
the margin for change in predicted oxidation.
Additionally, the NRC agrees with the WOG comment that calculating
oxidation is more time-consuming than calculating PCT. However, the NRC
believes WOG is incorrect in stating that not reducing the significance
threshold for reporting changes in calculated oxidation will cause the
need for performing additional oxidation calculations. The significance
threshold for reporting to the NRC only affects the frequency of
reporting and has no effect on the need to do reanalysis. Reanalysis is
necessary when licensees discover errors or make changes to analytical
codes.
The Commission has directed the NRC staff to revise the ECCS
acceptance criteria in Sec. 50.46(b) to account for new experimental
data on cladding ductility and to allow for the use of advanced
cladding alloys. The NRC will soon issue an Advance Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking (ANPR) seeking public comments on a planned regulatory
approach. The NRC expects that this rulemaking (Docket ID NRC-2008-
0332) will establish new cladding embrittlement acceptance criteria in
Sec. 50.46(b) for design basis LOCAs. As these new acceptance criteria
are being established, the NRC will also make conforming changes to
Sec. 50.46a as necessary for both below and above TBS breaks. As a
consequence, the NRC now believes that the need for a reporting
requirement in Sec. 50.46a associated with errors or changes in ECCS
analysis methodology would be more appropriately addressed in the
ongoing Sec. 50.46(b) proceeding. Accordingly, the changes to the
oxidation reporting requirements in the initial proposed rule have been
removed from the revised proposed rule.
Comment. Framatome commented that the analysis or case requirements
in Sec. 50.46a(e)(2) for beyond the transition break size evaluations
are excessive. The desire for this portion of the regulation is to
establish in a reasonable way that the plant remains able to mitigate a
large break LOCA. It is unnecessary and inconsistent to elevate the
consideration of break size effects beyond that of other portions or
aspects of the evaluation that are to be treated as reasonable values.
Under the proposed rule language, a full Sec. 50.46 evaluation will be
required for breaks of area less than the TBS. The results for these
analyses can be extended to the smaller break sizes in the greater than
TBS spectrum with assurance. Combining a reasonable selection of
discharge coefficient (0.6) with the use of the 1994 ANS decay heat
standard would roughly equate a 14-inch schedule 160 pipe area (0.7 ft
\2\), treated as below the TBS, with a 1.4 ft \2\ break, treated as a
beyond TBS break. Similarly, at the upper end of the break spectrum,
what used to be considered as an 8 to 9 ft \2\ break of the cold leg
will be the equivalent of a historical 5 ft \2\ break. The requirement
to perform sensitivity studies to identify a worst case break between
these two limits seems unwarranted. It would be reasonable to just
perform the full double area break or at most that break and one
intermediate break. The only sensitivity required should be relative to
break location. Historically, break location can have a substantial
influence on the calculated results. This should be resolved prior to
the greater than TBS calculation either by sensitivity studies or by
reference to appropriate historical analyses. The concern can be
allayed by either altering the rule so that the identification of the
most severe break size is not required or by inserting the concept of
reasonable confidence that breaks within the beyond TBS spectrum will
not pose consequences substantially more severe than those of the
calculations performed.
The WOG stated that for NRC-approved best-estimate or Appendix K
evaluation models, the requirement for analyzing a spectrum of break
sizes is unwarranted. The BWROG said that the requirement to re-
validate over 30 years of experience with performing large break LOCA
analysis to confirm ``for a number of postulated LOCAs of different
sizes and locations * * * that
[[Page 40013]]
the most severe postulated LOCAs * * * are analyzed'' is unnecessarily
burdensome and appears to serve no specific technical need. Current
best-estimate large break LOCA models, which are benchmarked to testing
data, have yielded no insights that would invalidate the previous
analytical experience and knowledge. WOG concluded that this provision
in the rule language should be removed.
NRC response. The NRC disagrees with the commenters on the need for
analyzing a spectrum of break sizes. The proposed rule language was
selected because there are two peak cladding temperatures, one that
occurs below the TBS and one that occurs above the TBS. The peak above
the TBS may not occur for the DEGB, but rather, for a break area in the
range of 0.6 to 0.8 times the DEGB area. Because there can be a fairly
large temperature difference between that break and the DEGB, use of
the DEGB could be non-conservative. The NRC also believes that the
language of the rule provides considerable flexibility in
implementation (relative to the stated comments) because the
requirement is to analyze a ``number of postulated LOCAs * * *
sufficient to provide assurance that the most severe LOCAs * * * are
analyzed''. The use of historical analyses is not precluded. No changes
were made in the revised proposed rule.
Comment. NEI commented that in Sec. 50.46a(e)(2) on ECCS analysis
methods, one requirement is that ``comparisons to applicable
experimental data must be made.'' NEI stated that other approaches such
as comparison of results to accepted analysis techniques or to textbook
approaches are also appropriate and suggested that the requirement be
reworded to state that ``sufficient justification'' must be provided.
NRC response. The NRC disagrees with this commenter. Computer code-
to-code comparisons are not adequate because all codes have uncertainty
in their results. Only code-to-data comparisons can be used to
accurately assess code uncertainties. Similarly, computer code results
cannot be validated by comparison to ``textbook approaches'' because no
simple textbook approaches exist for modeling the highly complex
thermal-hydraulic phenomena associated with pipe break analyses. No
changes were made in the revised proposed rule.
Comment. WOG submitted four options for how to perform ECCS
analysis in the beyond-TBS region to assist the NRC staff in developing
the regulatory guide for implementing the Sec. 50.46a rule.
NRC Response. The NRC will evaluate the WOG ECCS analysis options
and will provide additional implementation guidance in the associated
regulatory guide.
Comment. The BWROG stated that it supports applying the
requirements of Sec. 50.46a(b)(1) to reactors with MOX [mixed oxide]
fuel.
NRC response. The proposed Sec. 50.46a is intended to be an
alternative to the current ECCS requirements in Sec. 50.46. Because
Sec. 50.46 does not address the use of mixed oxide fuel, the NRC
believes that the commenter's proposal is beyond the scope of this
rulemaking. The NRC did not make changes in the revised proposed rule
to address MOX fuel.
Comment. Proposed Sec. 50.46a(e)(2): The following sentence should
be moved from its current location to just in front of the sentence
beginning, ``These calculations * * *'': ``The evaluation must be
performed for a number of postulated LOCAs of different sizes and
locations sufficient to provide assurance that the most severe
postulated LOCAs larger than the TBS up to the double-ended rupture of
the largest pipe in the reactor coolant system are analyzed.'' This
relocated sentence should begin a new paragraph. These changes will
properly group the more detailed analysis requirements.
NRC response. The NRC agrees that movement of the noted sentence
improves the rule presentation. In the revised proposed rule, this
sentence has been relocated as the commenter suggested, but the
structure of Sec. 50.46a(e)(2) was not modified.
Comment. In proposed Sec. 50.46a(e)(2), the NRC should clarify the
requirements for licensee documentation to be maintained onsite versus
generic documentation in or supporting a licensing topical report.
NRC response. In the revised proposed rule, the NRC modified Sec.
50.46a(e) to require that analysis methods for all LOCAs ``must be
approved for use by the NRC. Appendix K, Part II, to 10 CFR Part 50,
sets forth the documentation requirements for evaluation models.''
Thus, the documentation requirements for analysis methods used for
breaks larger than the TBS are the same as for analysis methods used
for breaks smaller than the TBS. The purpose of this change is to
increase confidence in the ability to mitigate breaks greater than the
TBS, as recommended by the Advisory Committee on Reactor Safeguards.
Comment. In proposed Sec. 50.46a(e)(2), the NRC states that these
calculations [for breaks larger than the TBS] may take credit for the
availability of offsite power and do not require the assumption of a
single failure. It should also be noted that availability of equipment
is not limited to safety-related equipment.
NRC response. The NRC agrees that the suggested language is more
descriptive and has incorporated the change into that last sentence of
Sec. 50.46a(e)(2).
Comment. For PWR LOCAs below and above the TBS, the mitigating
systems and equipment are the same for the full spectrum of LOCAs.
Although non-safety LOCA mitigation systems/components may be
applicable in the context of BWR LOCA analysis, this is not the case
for PWRs. If this element of the proposed regulation (allowing the use
of non-safety grade systems) is intended to address a situation that is
only applicable to BWRs, then it should not be required for PWRs.
NRC response. The element of the proposed regulation--allowing the
use of non-safety grade systems--noted by the commenter is not intended
to address a situation that is only applicable to BWRs. Although PWR
plants may not currently have non-safety systems that could be credited
for LOCA mitigation (for breaks larger than the TBS), modifications
could be made in the future that facilitate use of non-safety systems.
The revised proposed rule would relax existing Sec. 50.46 requirements
to allow ECCS analyses of breaks larger than the TBS to take credit for
both safety-grade and non-safety-grade equipment if such equipment
exists, is maintained available and reliable, and is capable of being
powered by an on-site source of electrical power.
Comment. The WOG commented that the rule should not contain a
requirement for licensees to submit beyond TBS thermal-hydraulic
analyses to the NRC for approval. One reactor licensee commented that
the proposed rule states that licensees will not be required to submit
their beyond-TBS analysis method or application to the NRC for review
and approval; instead, the NRC intends to maintain regulatory oversight
of these analyses by inspection. That licensee said that although not
requiring NRC review and approval has the appearance of a benefit to
the licensees, it actually introduces a risk of a regulatory crisis
should an inspection identify a deficiency in the beyond-TBS analysis
method following implementation. Such an identified deficiency could
result in a consequence such as the regulator imposing restrictions on
reactor operation. This risk is greater than for
[[Page 40014]]
the current situation where LOCA evaluation models and applications are
pre-approved by the NRC. It would be preferable that NRC review and
approval of Sec. 50.46a applications be obtained prior to
implementation to avoid such a regulatory crisis. This commenter
proposed that the NRC agree to perform a pre-approval of a licensee's
beyond-TBS analysis method and application if requested by a licensee.
NRC response. The NRC has changed the proposed rule to require NRC
review and approval of analysis methods used to evaluate plant response
to LOCAs larger than the transition break size. The purpose of this
change is to increase confidence in the ability to mitigate breaks
greater than the TBS, as recommended by the ACRS.
Comment. NEI, a reactor vendor, and a reactor licensee requested
that M5 cladding (M5) be specified as an approved fuel cladding
material in existing Sec. 50.46(a) and in proposed Sec. 50.46a(b)(1)
to avoid the need for requesting an exemption to allow its use. The
reactor vendor stated that because M5 is currently being used in 11
nuclear power reactors of varying designs across the United States, it
is obvious that M5 is an acceptable and desirable cladding material.
The BWROG stated that Sec. 50.46a should be made available to reactors
with alternate cladding materials.
NRC response. As previously discussed, the Commission directed the
NRC staff to initiate a separate rulemaking effort to amend Sec.
50.46(b) to address the use of advanced cladding alloys. The NRC is
considering cladding specific issues in that proceeding and will also
incorporate appropriate conforming changes to Sec. 50.46a. The NRC is
working to revise the ECCS acceptance criteria in Sec. 50.46(b) to
account for new experimental data on cladding ductility and to
facilitate the licensing review of advanced cladding alloys such as M5.
The NRC plans to issue an ANPR during the summer of 2009 to solicit
public comments on a planned regulatory approach. In the interim, the
NRC will continue to evaluate the use of cladding materials other than
Zircalloy or ZIRLO on a case-by-case basis.
D. Comments Related to Probabilistic Risk Assessment
1. Summary
The initial proposed rule required that all future facility changes
\6\ made by licensees after adopting Sec. 50.46a be evaluated by a
risk-informed integrated safety performance (RISP) assessment process
that has been reviewed and approved by the NRC via the routine process
for license amendments.\7\ (See 70 FR 67612-67615.) Most of the
commenters on the proposed rule stated that current regulatory
processes that control changes to the facility are adequate and
therefore, there is no need for the RISP change control process. In
comments generally supported by all nuclear industry commenters, NEI
argued that the controls on the existing licensing basis make it
virtually impossible to make significant adverse changes to the risk
profile of the plant without being required to submit a license
amendment request for prior NRC review and approval. NEI concluded that
the only item that might be missing from the current fr